PIC16LF1507T-ISSQTP_技术文档

PIC16(L)F1507

Data Sheet

20-Pin Flash, 8-Bit Microcontrollers

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A

Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:

•

Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.

•

Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the

intended manner and under normal conditions.

•

There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our

knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data

Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.

•

Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.

Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not

mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”

Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our

products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts

allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.

Information contained in this publication regarding device

applications and the like is provided only for your convenience

and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to

ensure that your application meets with your specifications.

MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR

WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR

OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,

QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR

FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability

arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip

devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at

the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and

hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,

suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are

conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip

intellectual property rights.

Trademarks

The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,

KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,

32

PIC logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of

Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other

countries.

FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,

MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control

Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip

Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.

Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, chipKIT,

chipKIT logo, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net,

dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR,

FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP,

Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB,

MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC,

PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE,

rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC,

UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of

Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other

countries.

SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated

in the U.S.A.

All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their

respective companies.

Printed on recycled paper.

ISBN: 978-1-61341-342-5

Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide

headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and

Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California

and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures

are for its PIC^®MCUs and dsPIC^®DSCs, KEELOQ^®code hopping

devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and

analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design

and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.

DS41586A-page 2

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

20-Pin Flash, 8-Bit Microcontrollers

High-Performance RISC CPU:

Analog Features:

• C Compiler Optimized Architecture

• Only 49 Instructions

•

Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC):

- 10-bit resolution

• Up to 3.5 Kbytes Linear Program Memory

Addressing

• Up to 128 bytes Linear Data Memory Addressing

• Operating Speed:

- Up to 12 channels

- Auto acquisition capability

- Conversion available during Sleep

- FVR available as channel

- DC – 20 MHz clock input

• Voltage Reference module:

- DC – 125 ns instruction cycle

• Interrupt Capability with Automatic Context

Saving

• 16-Level Deep Hardware Stack with Optional

Overflow/Underflow Reset

• Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes:

- Two full 16-bit File Select Registers (FSRs)

- FSRs can read program and data memory

- Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) with 1.024V,

2.048V and 4.096V output levels

Peripheral Features:

• 17 I/O Pins and 1 Input-only Pin:

- High current sink/source 25 mA/25 mA

- Individually programmable weak pull-ups

- Individually programmable

interrupt-on-change (IOC) pins

• Timer0: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit

Programmable Prescaler

• Enhanced Timer1:

- 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler

- External Gate Input mode

Flexible Oscillator Structure:

• 16 MHz Internal Oscillator Block:

- Factory calibrated to  1%, typical

- Software selectable frequency range from

16 MHz to 31 kHz

• 31 kHz Low-Power Internal Oscillator

• Three External Clock modes up to 20 MHz

• Timer2: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit Period

Register, Prescaler and Postscaler

• Four 10-bit PWM modules

• Two Configurable Logic Cell (CLC) modules:

- 22 individual input sources

Special Microcontroller Features:

• Operating Voltage Range:

- 1.8V to 3.6V (PIC16LF1507)

- 2.3V to 5.5V (PIC16F1507)

- Four inputs and 16 selectable input sources

per module

• Self-Programmable under Software Control

• Power-on Reset (POR)

• Power-up Timer (PWRT)

• Programmable Low-Power Brown-Out Reset

(LPBOR)

• Extended Watch-Dog Timer (WDT):

- Programmable period from 1 ms to 256s

• Programmable Code Protection

• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) via two

pins

- Software selectable logic functions including:

AND/OR/XOR/D Flop/D Latch/SR/JK

- External and internal inputs/outputs

- Operation while in Sleep

• Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO):

- 20-bit Accumulator

- 16-bit Increment

- Linear frequency control

- High-speed clock input

- Selectable Output modes

• Enhanced Low-Voltage Programming (LVP)

• Power-Saving Sleep mode

- Fixed Duty Cycle (FDC) mode

- Pulse Frequency (PF) mode

• Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG):

- 6 selectable signal sources

- Selectable falling and rising edge dead-band

control

Low-Power Features (PIC16LF1507):

• Standby Current:

- 20 nA @ 1.8V, typical

• Operating Current:

- Polarity control

- 30 A per MHz @ 1.8V, typical

• Low-Power Watchdog Timer Current:

- 300 nA @ 1.8V, typical

- 2 auto-shutdown sources

- Multiple input sources: PWM, CLC, NCO

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 3

PIC16(L)F1507

PIC16(L)F1507 Family Types

Program

Memory Flash

(words)

SRAM

(bytes)

10-bitA/D

(ch)

Timers

8/16-bit

Device

I/O⁽¹⁾

PWM

CWG

CLC

NCO

PIC16F1507

PIC16LF1507

2048

128

18

12

2/1

4

1

2

1

Note 1: One pin is input-only.

FIGURE 1:

20-PIN PDIP, SOIC, SSOP PACKAGE DIAGRAM FOR PIC16(L)F1507

PDIP, SOIC, SSOP

VDD

1

VSS

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

RA0/ICSPDAT

RA5

2

3

4

RA4

RA1/ICSPCLK

RA2

MCLR/VPP/RA3

RC5

RC4

RC3

RC6

RC7

RB7

RC0

5

6

7

8

RC1

RC2

13

12

11

RB4

9

RB5

RB6

10

Note: See Table 1 for location of all peripheral functions.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 4

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 2:

20-PIN QFN PACKAGE DIAGRAM FOR PIC16(L)F1507

QFN 4x4

20 19 18

17 16

RA1/ICSPCLK

RA2

15

14

13

12

11

MCLR/VPP/RA3

1

2

3

4

5

RC5

RC4

RC3

PIC16F1507

RC0

PIC16LF1507

RC1

RC2

RC6

9

10

7

8

6

Note: See Table 1 for location of all peripheral functions.

DS41586A-page 5

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 1:

20-PIN ALLOCATION TABLE (PIC16(L)F1507)

RA0

RA1

RA2

19

18

17

16

15

14

AN0

AN1

AN2

—

IOC

Y

ICSPDAT

ICSPCLK

—

VREF+

(1)

—

CWG1FLT

CLC1

T0CKI PWM3 INT/

IOC

RA3

4

1

—

CLC1IN0

—

IOC

Y

MCLR

VPP

RA4

RA5

RB4

RB5

RB6

RB7

RC0

RC1

RC2

RC3

RC4

RC5

RC6

RC7

VDD

VSS

3

2

20

19

10

9

AN3

—

T1G

T1CKI

—

IOC

—

Y

CLKOUT

CLKIN

—

NCO1CLK

—

13

12

11

10

16

15

14

7

AN10

AN11

—

Y

—

Y

—

8

—

Y

—

7

—

Y

—

13

12

11

4

AN4

AN5

AN6

AN7

—

CLC2

—

(1)

—

NCO1

—

PWM4

—

CLC2IN0

CLC2IN1

—

PWM2

—

6

3

CWG1B

CWG1A

—

(2)

5

2

—

CLC1

—

PWM1

—

(2)

8

5

AN8

AN9

—

NCO1

—

CLC1IN1

—

9

6

—

1

18

17

—

VDD

VSS

20

—

Note 1: Default location for peripheral pin function. Alternate location can be selected using the APFCON register.

2: Alternate location for peripheral pin function selected by the APFCON register.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 6

PIC16(L)F1507

Table of Contents

1.0 Device Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................. 9

2.0.Enhanced Mid-Range CPU........................................................................................................................................................... 13

3.0 Memory Organization.................................................................................................................................................................... 15

4.0 Device Configuration..................................................................................................................................................................... 39

5.0 Oscillator Module (With Fail-Safe Clock Monitor) ......................................................................................................................... 45

6.0 Resets........................................................................................................................................................................................... 53

7.0 Interrupts ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 61

8.0 Power-Down Mode (Sleep) ........................................................................................................................................................... 75

9.0 Watchdog Timer............................................................................................................................................................................ 79

10.0 Flash Program Memory Control .................................................................................................................................................. 83

11.0 I/O Ports ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 99

12.0 Interrupt-On-Change ................................................................................................................................................................. 111

13.0 Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) ................................................................................................................................................ 117

14.0 Temperature Indicator Module.................................................................................................................................................. 119

15.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module............................................................................................................................... 121

16.0 Timer0 Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 135

17.0 Timer1 Module with Gate Control ............................................................................................................................................. 139

18.0 Timer2 Modules ........................................................................................................................................................................ 151

19.0 PWM Modules ........................................................................................................................................................................... 155

20.0 Configurable Logic Cell (CLC) ................................................................................................................................................... 161

21.0 Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO) Module ...................................................................................................................... 177

22.0 Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) Module ............................................................................................................. 187

23.0 In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™)................................................................................................................................ 203

24.0 Instruction Set Summary ........................................................................................................................................................... 207

25.0 Electrical Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................ 221

26.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Charts ........................................................................................................................ 239

27.0 Development Support ............................................................................................................................................................... 241

28.0 Packaging Information .............................................................................................................................................................. 245

Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History ......................................................................................................................................... 255

Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 257

The Microchip Web Site .................................................................................................................................................................... 263

Customer Change Notification Service ............................................................................................................................................. 263

Customer Support ............................................................................................................................................................................. 263

Reader Response ............................................................................................................................................................................. 264

Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 265

Worldwide Sales and Service ........................................................................................................................................................... 266

DS41586A-page 7

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 8

PIC16(L)F1507

1.0

DEVICE OVERVIEW

The PIC16(L)F1507 are described within this data sheet.

They are available in 20 pin packages. Figure 1-1 shows

a

block diagram of the PIC16(L)F1507 devices.

Tables 1-2 shows the pinout descriptions.

Reference Table 1-1 for peripherals available per

device.

TABLE 1-1:

DEVICE PERIPHERAL

SUMMARY

Peripheral

Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)

●

Complementary Wave Generator (CWG)

Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)

Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO)

Temperature Indicator

Configurable Logic Cell (CLC)

CLC1

●

CLC2

PWM Modules

PWM1

●

PWM2

PWM3

PWM4

Timers

Timer0

●

Timer1

Timer2

DS41586A-page 9

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 1-1:

PIC16(L)F1507 BLOCK DIAGRAM

Program

Flash Memory

RAM

Timing

CLKOUT

CLKIN

PORTA

PORTB

PORTC

Generation

CPU

INTRC

Oscillator

(Figure 2-1)

MCLR

NCO1

Timer0

Timer1

Timer2

CLC1

CLC2

CWG1

Temp.

Indicator

ADC

10-Bit

FVR

PWM4

PWM1

PWM2

PWM3

Note 1:

2:

See applicable chapters for more information on peripherals.

See Table 1-1 for peripherals available on specific devices.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 10

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 1-2:

PIC16(L)F1507 PINOUT DESCRIPTION

Input Output

Name

Function

Description

Type

RA0/AN0/ICSPDAT

RA0

AN0

TTL

AN

ST

CMOS General purpose I/O.

—

A/D Channel input.

ICSPDAT

RA1

CMOS ICSP™ Data I/O.

RA1/AN1/VREF+/ICSPCLK

TTL

AN

ST

CMOS General purpose I/O.

AN1

—

A/D Channel input.

VREF+

ICSPCLK

RA2

A/D Positive Voltage Reference input.

Serial Programming Clock.

RA2/AN2/T0CKI/INT/PWM3/

ST

CMOS General purpose I/O.

(1)

CLC1 /CWG1FLT

AN2

AN

ST

—

A/D Channel input.

Timer0 clock input.

External interrupt.

T0CKI

INT

ST

PWM3

CLC1

CWG1FLT

RA3

—

CMOS Pulse Width Module source output.

CMOS Configurable Logic Cell source output.

—

ST

—

Complementary Waveform Generator Fault input.

General purpose input.

RA3/CLC1IN0/VPP/MCLR

RA4/AN3/CLKOUT/T1G

TTL

ST

CLC1IN0

VPP

Configurable Logic Cell source input.

Programming voltage.

HV

ST

MCLR

RA4

Master Clear with internal pull-up.

TTL

AN

—

CMOS General purpose I/O.

A/D Channel input.

CMOS FOSC/4 output.

Timer1 Gate input.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

AN3

—

CLKOUT

T1G

ST

—

RA5/CLKIN/T1CKI/NCO1CLK

RA5

TTL

CMOS

ST

CLKIN

T1CKI

NCO1CLK

RB4

—

External clock input (EC mode).

Timer1 clock input.

ST

Numerically Controlled Oscillator Clock source input.

RB4/AN10

RB5/AN11

TTL

AN

TTL

AN

TTL

AN

—

CMOS General purpose I/O.

A/D Channel input.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

A/D Channel input.

AN10

RB5

—

AN11

RB6

—

RB6

CMOS General purpose I/O.

RB7

RC0/AN4/CLC2

RC0

AN4

—

A/D Channel input.

CLC2

RC1

CMOS Configurable Logic Cell source output.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

(1)

RC1/AN5/PWM4/NCO1

TTL

AN

—

AN5

—

A/D Channel input.

PWM4

NCO1

RC2

CMOS Pulse Width Module source output.

CMOS Numerically Controlled Oscillator is source output.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

—

RC2/AN6

TTL

AN

AN6

—

A/D Channel input.

Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output

OD = Open Drain

2

TTL = TTL compatible input ST

HV = High Voltage

= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I C

levels

XTAL = Crystal

Note 1: Default location for peripheral pin function. Alternate location can be selected using the APFCON register.

2: Alternate location for peripheral pin function selected by the APFCON register.

DS41586A-page 11

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 1-2:

PIC16(L)F1507 PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)

Input Output

Function

Name

Description

Type

RC3/AN7/PWM2/CLC2IN0

RC3

AN7

TTL

AN

CMOS General purpose I/O.

—

A/D Channel input.

CMOS Pulse Width Module source output.

Configurable Logic Cell source input.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

PWM2

CLC2IN0

RC4

—

ST

—

RC4/CLC2IN1/CWG1B

TTL

ST

CLC2IN1

CWG1B

RC5

—

Configurable Logic Cell source input.

—

CMOS CWG complementary output.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

CMOS PWM output.

(2)

RC5/PWM1/CLC1

CWG1A

/

TTL

—

PWM1

CLC1

CWG1A

RC6

—

CMOS Configurable Logic Cell source output.

CMOS CWG primary output.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

—

(2)

RC6/AN8/NCO1

TTL

AN

AN8

—

A/D Channel input.

NCO1

RC7

—

CMOS Numerically Controlled Oscillator source output.

CMOS General purpose I/O.

RC7/AN9/CLC1IN1

TTL

AN

AN8

—

A/D Channel input.

CLC1IN1

VDD

ST

Configurable Logic Cell source input.

Positive supply.

VDD

VSS

Power

VSS

Ground reference.

Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS= CMOS compatible input or output

OD = Open Drain

2

TTL = TTL compatible input ST

HV = High Voltage

= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I C

levels

XTAL = Crystal

Note 1: Default location for peripheral pin function. Alternate location can be selected using the APFCON register.

2: Alternate location for peripheral pin function selected by the APFCON register.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 12

PIC16(L)F1507

2.0

ENHANCED MID-RANGE CPU

This family of devices contain an enhanced mid-range

8-bit CPU core. The CPU has 49 instructions. Interrupt

capability includes automatic context saving. The

hardware stack is 16 levels deep and has Overflow and

Underflow Reset capability. Direct, Indirect, and

Relative addressing modes are available. Two File

Select Registers (FSRs) provide the ability to read

program and data memory.

• Automatic Interrupt Context Saving

• 16-level Stack with Overflow and Underflow

• File Select Registers

• Instruction Set

2.1

Automatic Interrupt Context

Saving

During interrupts, certain registers are automatically

saved in shadow registers and restored when returning

from the interrupt. This saves stack space and user

code. See Section 7.5 “Automatic Context Saving”,

for more information.

2.2

16-level Stack with Overflow and

Underflow

These devices have an external stack memory 15 bits

wide and 16 words deep. A Stack Overflow or Under-

flow will set the appropriate bit (STKOVF or STKUNF)

in the PCON register, and if enabled will cause a soft-

ware Reset. See section Section 3.4 “Stack” for more

details.

2.3

File Select Registers

There are two 16-bit File Select Registers (FSR). FSRs

can access all file registers and program memory,

which allows one Data Pointer for all memory. When an

FSR points to program memory, there is one additional

instruction cycle in instructions using INDF to allow the

data to be fetched. General purpose memory can now

also be addressed linearly, providing the ability to

access contiguous data larger than 80 bytes. There are

also new instructions to support the FSRs. See

Section 3.5 “Indirect Addressing” for more details.

2.4

Instruction Set

There are 49 instructions for the enhanced mid-range

CPU to support the features of the CPU. See

Section 24.0 “Instruction Set Summary” for more

details.

DS41586A-page 13

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 2-1:

CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM

15

Configuration

15

8

Data Bus

Program Counter

Flash

Program

Memory

186-LLeevveellSStatacckk

(153-bit)

RAM

Program

Bus

14

RAM Addr

12

Program Memory

Read (PMR)

Addr MUX

IInnssttrruuccttiioonnRreegg

Indirect

Addr

7

Direct Addr

12

5

BSR Reg

FSR reg

15

FSR0 Reg

reg

FSR1 Reg

FSR reg

15

SSTTAATTUUSSRreegg

MUX

8

3

Power-up

Timer

Instruction

DDeeccooddeea&nd

Control

ALU

Power-on

Reset

CLKIN

CLKOUT

8

Watchdog

Timer

Timing

Generation

W Reg

Brown-out

Reset

Internal

Oscillator

Block

VDD

VSS

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 14

PIC16(L)F1507

The following features are associated with access and

control of program memory and data memory:

3.0

MEMORY ORGANIZATION

These devices contain the following types of memory:

• PCL and PCLATH

• Stack

• Program Memory

- Configuration Words

- Device ID

• Indirect Addressing

- User ID

3.1

Program Memory Organization

- Flash Program Memory

• Data Memory

The enhanced mid-range core has a 15-bit program

counter capable of addressing 32K x 14 program

memory space. Table 3-1 shows the memory sizes

- Core Registers

- Special Function Registers

- General Purpose RAM

- Common RAM

implemented. Accessing

a location above these

boundaries will cause a wrap-around within the

implemented memory space. The Reset vector is at

0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h (See

Figure 3-1).

TABLE 3-1:

DEVICE SIZES AND ADDRESSES

Device Program Memory Space (Words)

Last Program Memory Address

PIC16F1507

PIC16LF1507

2,048

07FFh

DS41586A-page 15

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 3-1:

PROGRAM MEMORY MAP

AND STACK FOR

3.1.1

READING PROGRAM MEMORY AS

DATA

PIC16(L)F1507

There are two methods of accessing constants in pro-

gram memory. The first method is to use tables of

RETLW instructions. The second method is to set an

FSR to point to the program memory.

PC<14:0>

CALL, CALLW

RETURN, RETLW

Interrupt, RETFIE

15

3.1.1.1

RETLWInstruction

The RETLWinstruction can be used to provide access

to tables of constants. The recommended way to create

such a table is shown in Example 3-1.

Stack Level 0

Stack Level 1

Stack Level 15

Reset Vector

EXAMPLE 3-1:

constants

BRW

RETLW INSTRUCTION

0000h

;Add Index in W to

;program counter to

;select data

Interrupt Vector

Page 0

RETLW DATA0

RETLW DATA1

RETLW DATA2

RETLW DATA3

;Index0 data

;Index1 data

0004h

0005h

On-chip

Program

Memory

07FFh

0800h

Rollover to Page 0

Wraps to Page 0

my_function

;… LOTS OF CODE…

MOVLW DATA_INDEX

call constants

Wraps to Page 0

;… THE CONSTANT IS IN W

The BRWinstruction makes this type of table very sim-

ple to implement. If your code must remain portable

with previous generations of microcontrollers, then the

BRWinstruction is not available so the older table read

method must be used.

Rollover to Page 0

7FFFh

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 16

PIC16(L)F1507

3.1.1.2

Indirect Read with FSR

3.2.1

CORE REGISTERS

The program memory can be accessed as data by set-

ting bit 7 of the FSRxH register and reading the match-

ing INDFx register. The MOVIWinstruction will place the

lower 8 bits of the addressed word in the W register.

Writes to the program memory cannot be performed via

the INDF registers. Instructions that access the pro-

gram memory via the FSR require one extra instruction

cycle to complete. Example 3-2 demonstrates access-

ing the program memory via an FSR.

The core registers contain the registers that directly

affect the basic operation. The core registers occupy

the first 12 addresses of every data memory bank

(addresses x00h/x08h through x0Bh/x8Bh). These

registers are listed below in Table 3-2. For for detailed

information, see Table 3-4.

TABLE 3-2:

CORE REGISTERS

The HIGH directive will set bit<7> if a label points to a

location in program memory.

Addresses

BANKx

x00h or x80h

x01h or x81h

x02h or x82h

x03h or x83h

x04h or x84h

x05h or x85h

x06h or x86h

x07h or x87h

x08h or x88h

x09h or x89h

INDF0

INDF1

PCL

STATUS

FSR0L

FSR0H

FSR1L

FSR1H

BSR

EXAMPLE 3-2:

ACCESSING PROGRAM

MEMORY VIA FSR

constants

RETLW DATA0

RETLW DATA1

RETLW DATA2

RETLW DATA3

my_function

;Index0 data

;Index1 data

;… LOTS OF CODE…

MOVLW

MOVWF

MOVLW

MOVWF

MOVIW

LOW constants

FSR1L

HIGH constants

FSR1H

0[FSR1]

WREG

PCLATH

INTCON

x0Ah or x8Ah

x0Bh or x8Bh

;THE PROGRAM MEMORY IS IN W

3.2

Data Memory Organization

The data memory is partitioned in 32 memory banks

with 128 bytes in a bank. Each bank consists of

(Figure 3-2):

• 12 core registers

• 20 Special Function Registers (SFR)

• Up to 80 bytes of General Purpose RAM (GPR)

• 16 bytes of common RAM

The active bank is selected by writing the bank number

into the Bank Select Register (BSR). Unimplemented

memory will read as ‘0’. All data memory can be

accessed either directly (via instructions that use the

file registers) or indirectly via the two File Select

Registers (FSR). See Section 3.5 “Indirect

Addressing” for more information.

Data Memory uses a 12-bit address. The upper 7-bit of

the address define the Bank address and the lower

5-bits select the registers/RAM in that bank.

DS41586A-page 17

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

For example, CLRF STATUSwill clear the upper three

bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register

as ‘000u u1uu’ (where u= unchanged).

3.2.1.1

STATUS Register

The STATUS register, shown in Register 3-1, contains:

• the arithmetic status of the ALU

• the Reset status

It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF,

SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the

STATUS register, because these instructions do not

affect any Status bits. For other instructions not

affecting any Status bits (Refer to Section 24.0

“Instruction Set Summary”).

The STATUS register can be the destination for any

instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS

register is the destination for an instruction that affects

the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is

disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the

device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not

writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the

STATUS register as destination may be different than

intended.

Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as Borrow

and Digit Borrow out bits, respectively, in

subtraction.

REGISTER 3-1:

STATUS: STATUS REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R-1/q

TO

R-1/q

PD

R/W-0/u

Z

R/W-0/u

DC⁽¹⁾

R/W-0/u

C⁽¹⁾

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7-5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TO: Time-Out bit

1= After power-up, CLRWDTinstruction or SLEEPinstruction

0= A WDT time-out occurred

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

PD: Power-Down bit

1= After power-up or by the CLRWDTinstruction

0= By execution of the SLEEPinstruction

Z: Zero bit

1= The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero

0= The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero

DC: Digit Carry/Digit Borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWFinstructions)⁽¹⁾

1= A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred

0= No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result

C: Carry/Borrow bit⁽¹⁾(ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW, SUBWF instructions)⁽¹⁾

1= A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred

0= No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred

Note 1: For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the

second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high-order or low-order

bit of the source register.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 18

PIC16(L)F1507

3.2.2

SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER

FIGURE 3-2:

BANKED MEMORY

PARTITIONING

The Special Function Registers are registers used by

the application to control the desired operation of

peripheral functions in the device. The Special Function

Registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of

every data memory bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch

through x1Fh/x9Fh). The registers associated with the

operation of the peripherals are described in the appro-

priate peripheral chapter of this data sheet.

Memory Region

7-bit Bank Offset

00h

Core Registers

(12 bytes)

0Bh

0Ch

3.2.3

GENERAL PURPOSE RAM

Special Function Registers

(20 bytes maximum)

There are up to 80 bytes of GPR in each data memory

bank. The Special Function Registers occupy the 20

bytes after the core registers of every data memory

bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch through x1Fh/x9Fh).

1Fh

20h

3.2.3.1

Linear Access to GPR

The general purpose RAM can be accessed in a

non-banked method via the FSRs. This can simplify

access to large memory structures. See Section 3.5.2

“Linear Data Memory” for more information.

General Purpose RAM

(80 bytes maximum)

3.2.4

COMMON RAM

There are 16 bytes of common RAM accessible from all

banks.

6Fh

70h

Common RAM

(16 bytes)

7Fh

3.2.5

DEVICE MEMORY MAPS

The memory maps for PIC16(L)F1507 are as shown in

Table 3-3.

DS41586A-page 19

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 3-3:

PIC16(L)F1507 MEMORY MAP (CONTINUED)

Bank 31

Bank 30

—

F8Ch

F0Ch

—

F0Dh

F0Eh

F0Fh

F10h

F11h

F12h

F13h

F14h

F15h

F16h

F17h

F18h

F19h

F1Ah

F1Bh

F1Ch

F1Dh

F1Eh

F1Fh

F20h

Unimplemented

Read as ‘0’

—

CLCDATA

CLC1CON

CLC1POL

CLC1SEL0

CLC1SEL1

CLC1GLS0

CLC1GLS1

CLC1GLS2

CLC1GLS3

CLC2CON

CLC2POL

CLC2SEL0

CLC2SEL1

CLC2GLS0

CLC2GLS1

CLC2GLS2

CLC2GLS3

FE3h

FE4h

FE5h

FE6h

FE7h

FE8h

FE9h

FEAh

FEBh

FECh

FEDh

FEEh

FEFh

STATUS_SHAD

WREG_SHAD

BSR_SHAD

PCLATH_SHAD

FSR0L_SHAD

FSR0H_SHAD

FSR1L_SHAD

FSR1H_SHAD

—

STKPTR

TOSL

TOSH

Unimplemented

Read as ‘0’

F6Fh

Legend:

= Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’.

DS41586A-page 23

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

3.2.6

CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS

SUMMARY

The Core Function registers listed in Table 3-4 can be

addressed from any Bank.

TABLE 3-4:

CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY

Value on

POR, BOR other resets

Value on all

Addr

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Bank 0-31

x00h or

x80h

Addressing this location uses contents of FSR0H/FSR0L to address data memory

(not a physical register)

INDF0

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

0000 0000 0000 0000

---1 1000 ---q quuu

0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

0000 0000 0000 0000

0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

0000 0000 0000 0000

---0 0000 ---0 0000

0000 0000 uuuu uuuu

-000 0000 -000 0000

0000 0000 0000 0000

x01h or

x81h

Addressing this location uses contents of FSR1H/FSR1L to address data memory

(not a physical register)

INDF1

PCL

x02h or

x82h

Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte

x03h or

x83h

STATUS

FSR0L

FSR0H

FSR1L

FSR1H

BSR

—

TO

PD

Z

DC

C

x04h or

x84h

Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer

Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer

Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer

Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer

x05h or

x85h

x06h or

x86h

x07h or

x87h

x08h or

x88h

—

BSR<4:0>

x09h or

x89h

WREG

PCLATH

INTCON

Working Register

x0Ahor

x8Ah

—

Write Buffer for the upper 7 bits of the Program Counter

PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF

x0Bhor

x8Bh

GIE

INTF

IOCIF

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, q= value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r= reserved.

Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 24

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 3-5:

SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY

Value on all

other

Resets

Value on

POR, BOR

Address

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Bank 0

00Ch

00Dh

00Eh

00Fh

010h

011h

PORTA

PORTB

PORTC

—

RA5

RB5

RC5

RA4

RB4

RC4

RA3

—

RA2

—

RA1

—

RA0

—

--xx xxxx --xx xxxx

xxxx ---- xxxx ----

xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

RB7

RB6

RC6

RC7

RC3

RC2

RC1

RC0

Unimplemented

TMR1GIF

—

PIR1

ADIF

—

NCO1IF

—

TMR2IF

—

TMR1IF

—

00-- --00 00-- --00

---- -0-- ---- -0--

---- --00 ---- --00

012h

013h

014h

015h

016h

017h

018h

019h

PIR2

PIR3

—

CLC2IF

CLC1IF

—

Unimplemented

—

TMR0

TMR1L

TMR1H

T1CON

T1GCON

Holding Register for the 8-bit Timer0 Count

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

0000 -0-0 uuuu -u-u

0000 0x-0 uuuu ux-u

Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count

Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count

TMR1CS<1:0>

TMR1GE T1GPOL

T1CKPS<1:0>

T1GTM T1GSPM

—

T1SYNC

T1GVAL

—

TMR1ON

T1GSS

T1GGO/

DONE

01Ah

01Bh

01Ch

01Dh

01Eh

01Fh

Bank 1

08Ch

08Dh

08Eh

08Fh

090h

091h

092h

093h

094h

095h

096h

097h

098h

099h

09Ah

09Bh

09Ch

09Dh

09Eh

09Fh

Legend:

TMR2

PR2

T2CON

—

Timer2 Module Register

Timer2 Period Register

—

0000 0000 0000 0000

1111 1111 1111 1111

-000 0000 -000 0000

T2OUTPS<3:0>

TMR2ON

T2CKPS<1:0>

Unimplemented

—

(2)

TRISA

TRISB

TRISC

—

TRISA5

TRISA4

TRISB4

TRISC4

—

TRISA2

—

TRISA1

—

TRISA0

—

--11 1111 --11 1111

1111 ---- 1111 ----

1111 1111 1111 1111

TRISB7

TRISC7

TRISB6

TRISC6

TRISB5

TRISC5

—

TRISC3

TRISC2

TRISC1

TRISC0

Unimplemented

TMR1GIE

—

PIE1

ADIE

—

NCO1IE

—

TMR2IE

—

TMR1IE

—

00-- --00 00-- --00

---- -0-- ---- -0--

---- --00 ---- --00

PIE2

PIE3

—

CLC2IE

CLC1IE

—

Unimplemented

—

OPTION_REG

PCON

WDTCON

—

WPUEN

STKOVF

—

INTEDG

STKUNF

—

TMR0CS

—

TMR0SE

RWDT

PSA

PS<2:0>

POR

1111 1111 1111 1111

00-1 11qq qq-q qquu

--01 0110 --01 0110

RMCLR

RI

BOR

WDTPS<4:0>

SWDTEN

Unimplemented

—

OSCCON

OSCSTAT

ADRESL

ADRESH

ADCON0

ADCON1

ADCON2

—

IRCF<3:0>

—

SCS<1:0>

-011 1-00 -011 1-00

1-q0 --00 q-qq --qq

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

-000 0000 -000 0000

0000 --00 0000 --00

0000 ---- 0000 ----

—

HFIOFR

—

LFIOFR

HFIOFS

A/D Result Register Low

A/D Result Register High

—

CHS<4:0>

GO/DONE

ADON

—

ADFM

ADCS<2:0>

—

ADPREF<1:0>

TRIGSEL<3:0>

—

x= unknown, u= unchanged, q= value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r= reserved.

Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.

PIC16F1507 only.

Note 1:

2:

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

DS41586A-page 25

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 3-5:

SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

Value on all

other

Resets

Value on

POR, BOR

Address

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Bank 2

10Ch

LATA

LATB

LATC

—

LATA5

LATB5

LATC5

LATA4

LATB4

LATC4

—

LATA2

—

LATA1

—

LATA0

—

--xx -xxx --uu -uuu

xxxx ---- uuuu ----

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

10Dh

LATB7

LATC7

LATB6

LATC6

10Eh

LATC3

LATC2

LATC1

LATC0

10Fh

to

—

Unimplemented

—

115h

116h

117h

BORCON

FVRCON

SBOREN

FVREN

BORFS

FVRRDY

—

BORRDY

NCO1SEL

10-- ---q uu-- ---u

0q00 --00 0q00 --00

TSEN

TSRNG

ADFVR<1:0>

118h

to

11Ch

—

Unimplemented

—

11Dh

11Eh

11Fh

Bank 3

18Ch

18Dh

18Eh

18Fh

190h

191h

192h

193h

194h

195h

196h

197h

APFCON

—

CLC1SEL

---- --00 ---- --00

—

Unimplemented

—

ANSELA

ANSELB

ANSELC

—

ANSB5

—

ANSA4

ANSB4

—

ANSA2

—

ANSA1

—

ANSA0

—

---1 -111 ---1 -111

--11 ---- --11 ----

11-- 1111 11-- 1111

ANSC7

ANSC6

ANSC3

ANSC2

ANSC1

ANSC0

Unimplemented

—

PMADRL

PMADRH

PMDATL

PMDATH

PMCON1

PMCON2

VREGCON⁽¹⁾

Flash Program Memory Address Register Low Byte

Flash Program Memory Address Register High Byte

Flash Program Memory Read Data Register Low Byte

0000 0000 0000 0000

-000 0000 -000 0000

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

--xx xxxx --uu uuuu

0000 x000 0000 q000

0000 0000 0000 0000

---- --01 ---- --01

—

Flash Program Memory Read Data Register High Byte

(2)

—

CFGS

LWLO

FREE

WRERR

WREN

WR

RD

Flash Program Memory Control Register 2

—

VREGPM

Reserved

198h

to

—

Unimplemented

—

19Fh

Bank 4

20Ch

WPUA

WPUB

—

WPUA5

WPUB5

WPUA4

WPUB4

WPUA3

—

WPUA2

—

WPUA1

—

WPUA0

—

--11 1111 --11 1111

1111 ---- 1111 ----

20Dh

WPUB7

WPUB6

20Eh

to

21Fh

—

Unimplemented

—

Bank 5

28Ch

to

29Fh

Bank 6

30Ch

to

31Fh

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, q= value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r= reserved.

Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.

PIC16F1507 only.

Note 1:

2:

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 26

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 3-5:

SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

Value on all

other

Resets

Value on

POR, BOR

Address

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Bank 7

38Ch

to

—

Unimplemented

—

390h

391h

392h

393h

394h

395h

396h

IOCAP

IOCAN

IOCAF

IOCBP

IOCBN

IOCBF

—

IOCAP5

IOCAN5

IOCAF5

IOCBP5

IOCBN5

IOCBF5

IOCAP4

IOCAN4

IOCAF4

IOCBP4

IOCBN4

IOCBF4

IOCAP3

IOCAN3

IOCAF3

—

IOCAP2

IOCAN2

IOCAF2

—

IOCAP1

IOCAN1

IOCAF1

—

IOCAP0

IOCAN0

IOCAF0

—

--00 0000 --00 0000

0000 ---- 0000 ----

IOCBP7

IOCBN7

IOCBF7

IOCBP6

IOCBN6

IOCBF6

—

397h

to

39Fh

—

Unimplemented

—

Bank 8

40Ch

to

41Fh

Bank 9

48Ch

to

497h

498h

499h

49Ah

49Bh

49Ch

49Dh

49Eh

49Fh

NCO1ACCL

NCO1ACCH

NCO1ACCU

NCO1INCL

NCO1INCH

—

NCO1ACC<7:0>

NCO1ACC<15:8>

NCO1ACC<23:16>

NCO1INC<7:0>

0000 0000 0000 0000

NCO1INC<15:8>

Unimplemented

—

NCO1CON

NCO1CLK

N1EN

N1OE

N1PWS<2:0>

N1OUT

N1POL

—

N1PFM

0000 ---0 0000 ---0

0000 --00 0000 --00

—

N1CKS<1:0>

Bank 10

50Ch

to

51Fh

—

Unimplemented

—

Bank 11

58Ch

to

—

Unimplemented

59Fh

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, q= value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r= reserved.

Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.

PIC16F1507 only.

Note 1:

2:

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

DS41586A-page 27

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 3-5:

SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

Value on all

other

Resets

Value on

POR, BOR

Address

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Bank 12

60Ch

to

—

Unimplemented

—

610h

611h

PWM1DCL

PWM1DCH

PWM1DCL<7:6>

—

00-- ---- 00-- ----

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

0000 ---- 0000 ----

00-- ---- 00-- ----

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

0000 ---- 0000 ----

00-- ---- 00-- ----

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

0000 ---- 0000 ----

00-- ---- 00-- ----

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

0000 ---- 0000 ----

612h

613h

614h

615h

616h

617h

618h

619h

61Ah

61Bh

61Ch

PWM1DCH<7:0>

PWM1CON0 PWM1EN PWM1OE PWM1OUT PWM1POL

—

PWM2DCL

PWM2DCH

PWM2DCL<7:6>

—

PWM2DCH<7:0>

PWM2CON0 PWM2EN PWM2OE PWM2OUT PWM2POL

—

PWM3DCL

PWM3DCH

PWM3DCL<7:6>

—

PWM3DCH<7:0>

PWM3CON0 PWM3EN PWM3OE PWM3OUT PWM3POL

—

PWM4DCL

PWM4DCH

PWM4DCL<7:6>

—

PWM4DCH<7:0>

PWM4CON0 PWM4EN PWM4OE PWM4OUT PWM4POL

—

61Dh

to

—

Unimplemented

—

61Fh

Bank 13

68Ch

to

—

Unimplemented

—

690h

691h

CWG1DBR

CWG1DBF

CWG1CON0

CWG1CON1

CWG1ASD

—

CWG1DBR<5:0>

CWG1DBF<5:0>

--00 0000 --00 0000

--xx xxxx --xx xxxx

0000 0--0 0000 0--0

0000 -000 0000 -000

692h

693h

694h

695h

G1EN

G1ASDLB<1:0>

G1ASE G1ARSEN

G1OEB

G1OEA

G1POLB

—

G1POLA

—

G1CS0

G1ASDLA<1:0>

—

G1IS<2:0>

—

G1ASDSFLT G1ASDSCLC2 00-- --00 00-- --00

696h

to

—

Unimplemented

—

69Fh

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, q= value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r= reserved.

Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.

PIC16F1507 only.

Note 1:

2:

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 28

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 3-5:

SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

Value on all

other

Resets

Value on

POR, BOR

Address

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Banks 14-29

x0Ch/

x8Ch

—

Unimplemented

—

x1Fh/

x9Fh

Bank 30

F0Ch

to

F0Eh

—

Unimplemented

—

F0Fh

CLCDATA

CLC1CON

CLC1POL

CLC1SEL0

CLC1SEL1

CLC1GLS0

CLC1GLS1

CLC1GLS2

CLC1GLS3

CLC2CON

CLC2POL

CLC2SEL0

CLC2SEL1

CLC2GLS0

CLC2GLS1

CLC2GLS2

CLC2GLS3

—

LC1INTP

—

PWM1POL

PWM1POL ---- --00 ---- --00

F10h

F11h

F12h

F13h

F14h

F15h

F16h

F17h

F18h

F19h

F1Ah

F1Bh

F1Ch

F1Dh

F1Eh

F1Fh

LC1EN

LC1POL

—

LC1OE

—

LC1OUT

—

LC1INTN

LC1MODE<2:0>

0000 0000 0000 0000

LC1G4POL LC1G3POL LC1G2POL LC1G1POL 0--- xxxx 0--- uuuu

LC1D2S<2:0>

LC1D4S<2:0>

—

LC1D1S<2:0>

LC1D3S<2:0>

-xxx -xxx -uuu -uuu

—

LC1G1D4T LC1G1D4N LC1G1D3T LC1G1D3N LC1G1D2T LC1G1D2N LC1G1D1T

LC1G2D4T LC1G2D4N LC1G2D3T LC1G2D3N LC1G2D2T LC1G2D2N LC1G2D1T

LC1G3D4T LC1G3D4N LC1G3D3T LC1G3D3N LC1G3D2T LC1G3D2N LC1G3D1T

LC1G4D4T LC1G4D4N LC1G4D3T LC1G4D3N LC1G4D2T LC1G4D2N LC1G4D1T

LC1G1D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

LC1G2D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

LC1G3D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

LC1G4D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

LC2MODE<2:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000

LC2EN

LC2POL

—

LC2OE

—

LC2OUT

—

LC2INTP

—

LC2INTN

LC2G4POL LC2G3POL LC2G2POL LC2G1POL 0--- xxxx 0--- uuuu

LC2D2S<2:0>

LC2D4S<2:0>

—

LC2D1S<2:0>

LC2D3S<2:0>

-xxx -xxx -uuu -uuu

—

LC2G1D4T LC2G1D4N LC2G1D3T LC2G1D3N LC2G1D2T LC2G1D2N LC2G1D1T

LC2G2D4T LC2G2D4N LC2G2D3T LC2G2D3N LC2G2D2T LC2G2D2N LC2G2D1T

LC2G3D4T LC2G3D4N LC2G3D3T LC2G3D3N LC2G3D2T LC2G3D2N LC2G3D1T

LC2G4D4T LC2G4D4N LC2G4D3T LC2G4D3N LC2G4D2T LC2G4D2N LC2G4D1T

LC2G1D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

LC2G2D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

LC2G3D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

LC2G4D1N xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

F20h

to

—

Unimplemented

—

F6Fh

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, q= value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r= reserved.

Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.

PIC16F1507 only.

Note 1:

2:

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

DS41586A-page 29

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 3-5:

SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

Value on all

other

Resets

Value on

POR, BOR

Address

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Bank 31

F8Ch

—

FE3h

—

Unimplemented

—

FE4h

FE5h

FE6h

FE7h

FE8h

FE9h

FEAh

FEBh

STATUS_

SHAD

—

Z_SHAD

DC_SHAD

C_SHAD

---- -xxx ---- -uuu

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

---x xxxx ---u uuuu

-xxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

WREG_

SHAD

Working Register Shadow

BSR_

SHAD

—

Bank Select Register Shadow

PCLATH_

SHAD

Program Counter Latch High Register Shadow

FSR0L_

SHAD

Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer Shadow

Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer Shadow

Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer Shadow

Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer Shadow

Unimplemented

FSR0H_

SHAD

FSR1L_

SHAD

FSR1H_

SHAD

—

FECh

FEDh

FEEh

—

Current Stack pointer

---1 1111 ---1 1111

xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu

-xxx xxxx -uuu uuuu

STKPTR

TOSL

Top-of-Stack Low byte

Top-of-Stack High byte

FEFh

—

TOSH

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, q= value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r= reserved.

Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’.

PIC16F1507 only.

Note 1:

2:

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 30

PIC16(L)F1507

be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory

boundary (each 256-byte block). Refer to the Application

Note AN556, “Implementing a Table Read” (DS00556).

3.3

PCL and PCLATH

The Program Counter (PC) is 15 bits wide. The low byte

comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and

writable register. The high byte (PC<14:8>) is not directly

readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any

Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 3-3 shows the five

situations for the loading of the PC.

3.3.3

COMPUTED FUNCTION CALLS

A computed function CALLallows programs to maintain

tables of functions and provide another way to execute

state machines or look-up tables. When performing a

table read using a computed function CALL, care

should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL

memory boundary (each 256-byte block).

FIGURE 3-3:

LOADING OF PC IN

DIFFERENT SITUATIONS

If using the CALLinstruction, the PCH<2:0> and PCL

registers are loaded with the operand of the CALL

instruction. PCH<6:3> is loaded with PCLATH<6:3>.

Instruction with

PCL as

Destination

14

0

PCH

7

PCL

PC

8

6

0

The CALLWinstruction enables computed calls by com-

bining PCLATH and W to form the destination address.

A computed CALLWis accomplished by loading the W

register with the desired address and executing CALLW.

The PCL register is loaded with the value of W and

PCH is loaded with PCLATH.

PCLATH

ALU Result

14

0

PCH

PCL

GOTO, CALL

PC

11

4

6

0

PCLATH

OPCODE <10:0>

3.3.4

BRANCHING

The branching instructions add an offset to the PC.

This allows relocatable code and code that crosses

page boundaries. There are two forms of branching,

BRW and BRA. The PC will have incremented to fetch

the next instruction in both cases. When using either

branching instruction, a PCL memory boundary may be

crossed.

14

0

PCH

7

PCL

CALLW

PC

8

6

0

PCLATH

W

14

PCH

PCL

PC

BRW

BRA

If using BRW, load the W register with the desired

unsigned address and execute BRW. The entire PC will

be loaded with the address PC + 1 + W.

15

PC + W

If using BRA, the entire PC will be loaded with PC + 1 +,

the signed value of the operand of the BRAinstruction.

14

PCH

PCL

PC

15

PC + OPCODE <8:0>

3.3.1

MODIFYING PCL

Executing any instruction with the PCL register as the

destination simultaneously causes the Program Coun-

ter PC<14:8> bits (PCH) to be replaced by the contents

of the PCLATH register. This allows the entire contents

of the program counter to be changed by writing the

desired upper 7 bits to the PCLATH register. When the

lower 8 bits are written to the PCL register, all 15 bits of

the program counter will change to the values con-

tained in the PCLATH register and those being written

to the PCL register.

3.3.2

COMPUTED GOTO

A computed GOTOis accomplished by adding an offset to

the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When performing a

table read using a computed GOTOmethod, care should

DS41586A-page 31

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

3.4.1

ACCESSING THE STACK

3.4

Stack

The stack is available through the TOSH, TOSL and

STKPTR registers. STKPTR is the current value of the

Stack Pointer. TOSH:TOSL register pair points to the

TOP of the stack. Both registers are read/writable. TOS

is split into TOSH and TOSL due to the 15-bit size of the

PC. To access the stack, adjust the value of STKPTR,

which will position TOSH:TOSL, then read/write to

TOSH:TOSL. STKPTR is 5 bits to allow detection of

overflow and underflow.

All devices have a 16-level x 15-bit wide hardware

stack (refer to Figures 3-4 through 3-7). The stack

space is not part of either program or data space. The

PC is PUSHed onto the stack when CALL or CALLW

instructions are executed or an interrupt causes a

branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a RETURN,

RETLWor a RETFIEinstruction execution. PCLATH is

not affected by a PUSH or POP operation.

The stack operates as a circular buffer if the STVREN

bit is programmed to ‘0‘(Configuration Words). This

means that after the stack has been PUSHed sixteen

times, the seventeenth PUSH overwrites the value that

was stored from the first PUSH. The eighteenth PUSH

overwrites the second PUSH (and so on). The

STKOVF and STKUNF flag bits will be set on an Over-

flow/Underflow, regardless of whether the Reset is

enabled.

Note:

Care should be taken when modifying the

STKPTR while interrupts are enabled.

During normal program operation, CALL, CALLWand

Interrupts will increment STKPTR while RETLW,

RETURN, and RETFIEwill decrement STKPTR. At any

time STKPTR can be inspected to see how much stack

is left. The STKPTR always points at the currently used

place on the stack. Therefore, a CALL or CALLW will

increment the STKPTR and then write the PC, and a

return will unload the PC and then decrement the

STKPTR.

Note 1: There are no instructions/mnemonics

called PUSH or POP. These are actions

that occur from the execution of the

CALL, CALLW, RETURN, RETLW and

RETFIE instructions or the vectoring to

an interrupt address.

Reference Figure 3-4 through Figure 3-7 for examples

of accessing the stack.

FIGURE 3-4:

ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 1

Stack Reset Disabled

STKPTR = 0x1F

TOSH:TOSL

0x0F

0x0E

0x0D

0x0C

0x0B

0x0A

0x09

0x08

0x07

0x06

0x05

0x04

0x03

0x02

0x01

0x00

0x1F

(STVREN = 0)

Initial Stack Configuration:

After Reset, the stack is empty. The

empty stack is initialized so the Stack

Pointer is pointing at 0x1F. If the Stack

Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, the

TOSH/TOSL registers will return ‘0’. If

the Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset is

disabled, the TOSH/TOSL registers will

return the contents of stack address 0x0F.

Stack Reset Enabled

STKPTR = 0x1F

TOSH:TOSL

0x0000

(STVREN = 1)

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 32

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 3-5:

ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 2

0x0F

0x0E

0x0D

0x0C

0x0B

0x0A

0x09

0x08

0x07

0x06

0x05

0x04

0x03

0x02

0x01

0x00

This figure shows the stack configuration

after the first CALLor a single interrupt.

If a RETURN instruction is executed, the

return address will be placed in the

Program Counter and the Stack Pointer

decremented to the empty state (0x1F).

TOSH:TOSL

Return Address

STKPTR = 0x00

FIGURE 3-6:

ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 3

0x0F

0x0E

0x0D

0x0C

0x0B

0x0A

0x09

0x08

0x07

After seven CALLs or six CALLs and an

interrupt, the stack looks like the figure

on the left. A series of RETURNinstructions

will repeatedly place the return addresses

into the Program Counter and pop the stack.

STKPTR = 0x06

TOSH:TOSL

0x06

0x05

0x04

0x03

0x02

0x01

0x00

Return Address

DS41586A-page 33

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 3-7:

ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 4

0x0F

0x0E

0x0D

0x0C

0x0B

0x0A

0x09

0x08

0x07

0x06

0x05

0x04

0x03

0x02

0x01

0x00

Return Address

When the stack is full, the next CALLor

an interrupt will set the Stack Pointer to

0x10. This is identical to address 0x00

so the stack will wrap and overwrite the

return address at 0x00. If the Stack

Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, a

Reset will occur and location 0x00 will

not be overwritten.

TOSH:TOSL

STKPTR = 0x10

3.4.2

OVERFLOW/UNDERFLOW RESET

If the STVREN bit in Configuration Words is

programmed to ‘1’, the device will be reset if the stack

is PUSHed beyond the sixteenth level or POPed

beyond the first level, setting the appropriate bits

(STKOVF or STKUNF, respectively) in the PCON

register.

3.5

Indirect Addressing

The INDFn registers are not physical registers. Any

instruction that accesses an INDFn register actually

accesses the register at the address specified by the

File Select Registers (FSR). If the FSRn address

specifies one of the two INDFn registers, the read will

return ‘0’ and the write will not occur (though Status bits

may be affected). The FSRn register value is created

by the pair FSRnH and FSRnL.

The FSR registers form a 16-bit address that allows an

addressing space with 65536 locations. These locations

are divided into three memory regions:

• Traditional Data Memory

• Linear Data Memory

• Program Flash Memory

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 34

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 3-8:

INDIRECT ADDRESSING

0x0000

Traditional

Data Memory

0x0FFF

0x1000

0x1FFF

0x2000

Reserved

Linear

Data Memory

0x29AF

0x29B0

Reserved

0x0000

FSR

Address

Range

0x7FFF

0x8000

Program

Flash Memory

0xFFFF

0x7FFF

Note:

Not all memory regions are completely implemented. Consult device memory tables for memory limits.

DS41586A-page 35

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

3.5.1

TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY

The traditional data memory is a region from FSR

address 0x000 to FSR address 0xFFF. The addresses

correspond to the absolute addresses of all SFR, GPR

and common registers.

FIGURE 3-9:

TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY MAP

Direct Addressing

From Opcode

Indirect Addressing

4

BSR

6

7

FSRxH

0

7

FSRxL

0

Location Select

Bank Select

Location Select

00000 00001 00010

11111

0x00

0x7F

Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2

Bank 31

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 36

PIC16(L)F1507

3.5.2

LINEAR DATA MEMORY

3.5.3

PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY

The linear data memory is the region from FSR

address 0x2000 to FSR address 0x29AF. This region is

a virtual region that points back to the 80-byte blocks of

GPR memory in all the banks.

To make constant data access easier, the entire

program Flash memory is mapped to the upper half of

the FSR address space. When the MSB of FSRnH is

set, the lower 15 bits are the address in program

memory which will be accessed through INDF. Only the

lower 8 bits of each memory location is accessible via

INDF. Writing to the program Flash memory cannot be

accomplished via the FSR/INDF interface. All

instructions that access program Flash memory via the

FSR/INDF interface will require one additional

instruction cycle to complete.

Unimplemented memory reads as 0x00. Use of the

linear data memory region allows buffers to be larger

than 80 bytes because incrementing the FSR beyond

one bank will go directly to the GPR memory of the next

bank.

The 16 bytes of common memory are not included in

the linear data memory region.

FIGURE 3-11:

PROGRAM FLASH

MEMORY MAP

FIGURE 3-10:

LINEAR DATA MEMORY

MAP

7

0

FSRnH

FSRnL

7

1

7

0

FSRnH

FSRnL

0

0 1

Location Select

0x8000

0x0000

Location Select

0x2000

0x020

Bank 0

0x06F

0x0A0

Bank 1

0x0EF

0x120

Program

Flash

Memory

(low 8

bits)

Bank 2

0x16F

0xF20

Bank 30

0x7FFF

0xFFFF

0xF6F

0x29AF

DS41586A-page 37

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 38

PIC16(L)F1507

4.0

DEVICE CONFIGURATION

Device Configuration consists of Configuration Words,

Code Protection and Device ID.

4.1

Configuration Words

There are several Configuration Word bits that allow

different oscillator and memory protection options.

These are implemented as Configuration Word 1 at

8007h and Configuration Word 2 at 8008h.

DS41586A-page 39

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 4-1:

CONFIG1: CONFIGURATION WORD 1

U-1

—

U-1

—

R/P-1

U-1

—

CLKOUTEN

BOREN<1:0>

bit 13

bit 8

R/P-1

CP

R/P-1

U-1

—

R/P-1 R/P-1

FOSC<1:0>

MCLRE

PWRTE

WDTE<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

P = Programmable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’

-n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 13-12

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

CLKOUTEN: Clock Out Enable bit

1= CLKOUT function is disabled. I/O function on the CLKOUT pin

0= CLKOUT function is enabled on the CLKOUT pin

bit 10-9

BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Enable bits⁽¹⁾

11= BOR enabled

10= BOR enabled during operation and disabled in Sleep

01= BOR controlled by SBOREN bit of the BORCON register

00= BOR disabled

bit 8

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

CP: Code Protection bit⁽²⁾

1= Program memory code protection is disabled

0= Program memory code protection is enabled

bit 6

MCLRE: MCLR/VPP Pin Function Select bit

If LVP bit = 1:

This bit is ignored.

If LVP bit = 0:

1= MCLR/VPP pin function is MCLR; Weak pull-up enabled.

0= MCLR/VPP pin function is digital input; MCLR internally disabled; Weak pull-up under control of

WPUE3 bit.

bit 5

PWRTE: Power-Up Timer Enable bit

1= PWRT disabled

0= PWRT enabled

bit 4-3

WDTE<1:0>: Watchdog Timer Enable bits

11= WDT enabled

10= WDT enabled while running and disabled in Sleep

01= WDT controlled by the SWDTEN bit in the WDTCON register

00= WDT disabled

bit 2

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

bit 1-0

FOSC<1:0>: Oscillator Selection bits

11= ECH: External Clock, High-Power mode: on CLKIN pin

10= ECM: External Clock, Medium-Power mode: on CLKIN pin

01= ECL: External Clock, Low-Power mode: on CLKIN pin

00= INTOSC oscillator: I/O function on CLKIN pin

Note 1: Enabling Brown-out Reset does not automatically enable Power-up Timer.

2: Once enabled, code-protect can only be disabled by bulk erasing the device.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 40

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 4-2:

CONFIG2: CONFIGURATION WORD 2

R/P-1

LVP

U-1

—

R/P-1

U-1

—

LPBOR

BORV

STVREN

bit 13

bit 8

U-1

—

U-1

—

U-1

—

U-1

—

U-1

—

U-1

—

R/P-1

WRT<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

P = Programmable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’

-n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase

bit 13

LVP: Low-Voltage Programming Enable bit⁽¹⁾

1= Low-voltage programming enabled

0= High-voltage on MCLR must be used for programming

bit 12

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

LPBOR: Low-Power BOR Enable bit

1= Low-Power Brown-out Reset is disabled

0= Low-Power Brown-out Reset is enabled

bit 10

bit 9

BORV: Brown-Out Reset Voltage Selection bit

1= Brown-out Reset voltage set to:

1.9V (PIC16LF1507)

2.4V (PIC16F1507), typical

0= Brown-out Reset voltage set to 2.7V (typical)

STVREN: Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset Enable bit

1= Stack Overflow or Underflow will cause a Reset

0= Stack Overflow or Underflow will not cause a Reset

bit 8-2

bit 1-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

WRT<1:0>: Flash Memory Self-Write Protection bits

2 kW Flash memory:

11= Write protection off

10= 000h to 1FFh write-protected, 200h to 7FFh may be modified

01= 000h to 3FFh write-protected, 400h to 7FFh may be modified

00= 000h to 7FFh write-protected, no addresses may be modified

Note 1: The LVP bit cannot be programmed to ‘0’ when Programming mode is entered via LVP.

DS41586A-page 41

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

4.2

Code Protection

Code protection allows the device to be protected from

unauthorized access. Internal access to the program

memory is unaffected by any code protection setting.

4.2.1

PROGRAM MEMORY PROTECTION

The entire program memory space is protected from

external reads and writes by the CP bit in Configuration

Words. When CP = 0, external reads and writes of

program memory are inhibited and a read will return all

‘0’s. The CPU can continue to read program memory,

regardless of the protection bit settings. Writing the

program memory is dependent upon the write

protection

setting.

See

Section 4.3

“Write

Protection” for more information.

4.3

Write Protection

Write protection allows the device to be protected from

unintended self-writes. Applications, such as

bootloader software, can be protected while allowing

other regions of the program memory to be modified.

The WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration Words define the

size of the program memory block that is protected.

4.4

User ID

Four memory locations (8000h-8003h) are designated as

ID locations where the user can store checksum or other

code identification numbers. These locations are

readable and writable during normal execution. See

Section 10.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration

Word Access” for more information on accessing these

memory locations. For more information on checksum

calculation, see the “PIC12(L)F1501/PIC16(L)F150X

Memory Programming Specification” (DS41573).

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 42

PIC16(L)F1507

4.5

Device ID and Revision ID

The memory location 8006h is where the Device ID and

Revision ID are stored. The upper nine bits hold the

Device ID. The lower five bits hold the Revision ID. See

Section 10.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration

Word Access” for more information on accessing

these memory locations.

Development tools, such as device programmers and

debuggers, may be used to read the Device ID and

Revision ID.

REGISTER 4-3:

DEVICEID: DEVICE ID REGISTER

R

DEV<8:3>

bit 13

bit 8

bit 0

R

DEV<2:0>

REV<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

P = Programmable bit

bit 13-5

DEV<8:0>: Device ID bits

DEVICEID<13:0> Values

Device

DEV<8:0>

REV<4:0>

PIC16F1507

PIC16LF1507

10 1101 000

10 1101 110

x xxxx

bit 4-0

REV<4:0>: Revision ID bits

These bits are used to identify the revision (see Table under DEV<8:0> above).

DS41586A-page 43

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 44

PIC16(L)F1507

The oscillator module can be configured in one of the

following clock modes.

5.0

5.1

OSCILLATOR MODULE

Overview

1. ECL – External Clock Low-Power mode

(0 MHz to 0.5 MHz)

The oscillator module has a wide variety of clock

sources and selection features that allow it to be used

in a wide range of applications while maximizing perfor-

mance and minimizing power consumption. Figure 5-1

illustrates a block diagram of the oscillator module.

2. ECM – External Clock Medium-Power mode

(0.5 MHz to 4 MHz)

3. ECH – External Clock High-Power mode

(4 MHz to 20 MHz)

4. INTOSC – Internal oscillator (31 kHz to 16 MHz).

Clock Source modes are selected by the FOSC<1:0>

bits in the Configuration Words. The FOSC bits

determine the type of oscillator that will be used when

the device is first powered.

The EC clock mode relies on an external logic level

signal as the device clock source.

The INTOSC internal oscillator block produces low and

high frequency clock sources, designated LFINTOSC

and HFINTOSC. (see Internal Oscillator Block,

Figure 5-1).

A

wide selection of device clock

frequencies may be derived from these clock sources.

FIGURE 5-1:

SIMPLIFIED PIC^®MCU CLOCK SOURCE BLOCK DIAGRAM

CLKIN EC

EC

Sleep

CLKIN

CPU and

Peripherals

IRCF<3:0>

16 MHz

Internal Oscillator

8 MHz

4 MHz

2 MHz

Internal

Oscillator

Block

Clock

1 MHz

16 MHz

Source

Control

500 kHz

250 kHz

125 kHz

62.5 kHz

31.25 kHz

16 MHz

(HFINTOSC)

FOSC<1:0> SCS<1:0>

31 kHz

Source

31 kHz

31 kHz (LFINTOSC)

WDT, PWRT and other modules

DS41586A-page 45

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

5.2.1.1

EC Mode

5.2

Clock Source Types

The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally

generated logic level signal to be the system clock

source. When operating in this mode, an external clock

source is connected to the CLKIN input. CLKOUT is

available for general purpose I/O or CLKOUT.

Figure 5-2 shows the pin connections for EC mode.

Clock sources can be classified as external or internal.

External clock sources rely on external circuitry for the

clock source to function. Examples are: oscillator mod-

ules (EC mode).

Internal clock sources are contained within the

oscillator module. The oscillator block has two internal

oscillators that are used to generate two system clock

sources: the 16 MHz High-Frequency Internal

Oscillator (HFINTOSC) and the 31 kHz Low-Frequency

Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC).

EC mode has 3 power modes to select from through

Configuration Words:

• High power, 4-20 MHz (FOSC = 11)

• Medium power, 0.5-4 MHz (FOSC = 10)

• Low power, 0-0.5 MHz (FOSC = 01)

The system clock can be selected between external or

internal clock sources via the System Clock Select

(SCS) bits in the OSCCON register. See Section 5.3

“Clock Switching” for additional information.

When EC mode is selected, there is no delay in opera-

tion after a Power-on Reset (POR) or wake-up from

Sleep. Because the PIC^®MCU design is fully static,

stopping the external clock input will have the effect of

halting the device while leaving all data intact. Upon

restarting the external clock, the device will resume

operation as if no time had elapsed.

5.2.1

EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES

An external clock source can be used as the device

system clock by performing one of the following

actions:

FIGURE 5-2:

EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC)

MODE OPERATION

• Program the FOSC<1:0> bits in the Configuration

Words to select an external clock source that will

be used as the default system clock upon a

device Reset.

CLKIN

Clock from

• Clear the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register

to switch the system clock source to:

Ext. System

PIC^®MCU

CLKOUT

- An external clock source determined by the

value of the FOSC bits.

(1)

FOSC/4 or

I/O

See Section 5.3 “Clock Switching”for more informa-

tion.

Note 1: Output depends upon CLKOUTEN bit of the

Configuration Words.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 46

PIC16(L)F1507

5.2.2

INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES

5.2.2.2

LFINTOSC

The device may be configured to use the internal oscil-

lator block as the system clock by performing one of the

following actions:

The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is

an uncalibrated 31 kHz internal clock source.

The output of the LFINTOSC connects to a multiplexer

(see Figure 5-1). Select 31 kHz, via software, using the

IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. See

Section 5.2.2.4 “Internal Oscillator Clock Switch

Timing” for more information. The LFINTOSC is also

the frequency for the Power-up Timer (PWRT) and

Watchdog Timer (WDT).

• Program the FOSC<1:0> bits in Configuration

Words to select the INTOSC clock source, which

will be used as the default system clock upon a

device Reset.

• Write the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register

to switch the system clock source to the internal

oscillator during run-time. See Section 5.3

“Clock Switching”for more information.

The LFINTOSC is enabled by selecting 31 kHz

(IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register = 000x) as

the system clock source (SCS bits of the OSCCON

register = 1x), or when any of the following are

enabled:

In INTOSC mode, CLKIN is available for general

purpose I/O. CLKOUT is available for general purpose

I/O or CLKOUT.

• Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON

register for the desired LF frequency, and

The function of the CLKOUT pin is determined by the

CLKOUTEN bit in Configuration Words.

• FOSC<1:0> = 00, or

The internal oscillator block has two independent

oscillators clock sources.

• Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the

OSCCON register to ‘1x’

1. The HFINTOSC (High-Frequency Internal

Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at

16 MHz.

Peripherals that use the LFINTOSC are:

• Power-up Timer (PWRT)

• Watchdog Timer (WDT)

2. The LFINTOSC (Low-Frequency Internal

Oscillator) is uncalibrated and operates at

31 kHz.

The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit

(LFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the

LFINTOSC is running.

5.2.2.1

HFINTOSC

The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is

a factory calibrated 16 MHz internal clock source.

The outputs of the HFINTOSC connects to a prescaler

and multiplexer (see Figure 5-1). One of multiple

frequencies derived from the HFINTOSC can be

selected via software using the IRCF<3:0> bits of the

OSCCON register. See Section 5.2.2.4 “Internal

Oscillator Clock Switch Timing” for more information.

The HFINTOSC is enabled by:

• Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON

register for the desired HF frequency, and

• FOSC<1:0> = 00, or

• Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the

OSCCON register to ‘1x’.

A fast start-up oscillator allows internal circuits to power

up and stabilize before switching to HFINTOSC.

The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit

(HFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the

HFINTOSC is running.

The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator Stable bit

(HFIOFS) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the

HFINTOSC is running within 0.5% of its final value.

DS41586A-page 47

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

5.2.2.3

Internal Oscillator Frequency

Selection

5.2.2.4

Internal Oscillator Clock Switch

Timing

The system clock speed can be selected via software

using the Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits

IRCF<3:0> of the OSCCON register.

When switching between the HFINTOSC and the

LFINTOSC, the new oscillator may already be shut

down to save power (see Figure 5-3). If this is the case,

there is a delay after the IRCF<3:0> bits of the

OSCCON register are modified before the frequency

selection takes place. The OSCSTAT register will

reflect the current active status of the HFINTOSC and

LFINTOSC oscillators. The sequence of a frequency

selection is as follows:

The outputs of the 16 MHz HFINTOSC postscaler and

the LFINTOSC connect to

a

multiplexer (see

Figure 5-1). The Internal Oscillator Frequency Select

bits IRCF<3:0> of the OSCCON register select the

frequency output of the internal oscillators. One of the

following frequencies can be selected via software:

1. IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register are

modified.

• HFINTOSC

- 16 MHz

2. If the new clock is shut down, a clock start-up

delay is started.

- 8 MHz

- 4 MHz

3. Clock switch circuitry waits for a falling edge of

the current clock.

- 2 MHz

- 1 MHz

4. Clock switch is complete.

See Figure 5-3 for more details.

- 500 kHz (Default after Reset)

- 250 kHz

If the internal oscillator speed is switched between two

clocks of the same source, there is no start-up delay

before the new frequency is selected.

- 125 kHz

- 62.5 kHz

- 31.25 kHz

• LFINTOSC

- 31 kHz

Start-up delay specifications are located in the

oscillator tables of Section 25.0 “Electrical

Specifications”

Note:

Following any Reset, the IRCF<3:0> bits

of the OSCCON register are set to ‘0111’

and the frequency selection is set to

500 kHz. The user can modify the IRCF

bits to select a different frequency.

The IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register allow

duplicate selections for some frequencies. These dupli-

cate choices can offer system design trade-offs. Lower

power consumption can be obtained when changing

oscillator sources for a given frequency. Faster transi-

tion times can be obtained between frequency changes

that use the same oscillator source.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 48

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 5-3:

INTERNAL OSCILLATOR SWITCH TIMING

HFINTOSC

LFINTOSC (WDT disabled)

HFINTOSC

Start-up Time

2-cycle Sync

Running

LFINTOSC

0

0

IRCF <3:0>

System Clock

HFINTOSC

LFINTOSC (WDT enabled)

HFINTOSC

2-cycle Sync

Running

LFINTOSC

IRCF <3:0>

0

0

System Clock

LFINTOSC

HFINTOSC

LFINTOSC turns off unless WDT is enabled

Running

LFINTOSC

Start-up Time 2-cycle Sync

HFINTOSC

= 0

 0

IRCF <3:0>

System Clock

DS41586A-page 49

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

5.3.1

SYSTEM CLOCK SELECT (SCS)

BITS

5.3

Clock Switching

The system clock source can be switched between

external and internal clock sources via software using

the System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON

register. The following clock sources can be selected

using the SCS bits:

The System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON

register selects the system clock source that is used for

the CPU and peripherals.

• When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 00,

the system clock source is determined by value of

the FOSC<1:0> bits in the Configuration Words.

• Default system oscillator determined by FOSC

bits in Configuration Words

• When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 1x,

the system clock source is chosen by the internal

oscillator frequency selected by the IRCF<3:0>

bits of the OSCCON register. After a Reset, the

SCS bits of the OSCCON register are always

cleared.

• Internal Oscillator Block (INTOSC)

When switching between clock sources, a delay is

required to allow the new clock to stabilize. These oscil-

lator delays are shown in Table 5-2.

TABLE 5-1:

Switch From

OSCILLATOR SWITCHING DELAYS

Switch To

Frequency

Oscillator Delay

LFINTOSC

HFINTOSC

31 kHz

Sleep/POR

Oscillator Warm-up Delay (TWARM)

31.25 kHz-16 MHz

DC – 20 MHz

31.25 kHz-16 MHz

31 kHz

Sleep/POR

EC

2 cycles

LFINTOSC

EC

1 cycle of each

2 s (typical)

1 cycle of each

Any clock source

HFINTOSC

LFINTOSC

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 50

PIC16(L)F1507

5.4

Oscillator Control Registers

REGISTER 5-1:

OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1

IRCF<3:0>

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

SCS<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-3

IRCF<3:0>: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits

1111= 16 MHz

1110= 8 MHz

1101= 4 MHz

1100= 2 MHz

1011= 1 MHz

1010= 500 kHz⁽¹⁾

1001= 250 kHz⁽¹⁾

1000= 125 kHz⁽¹⁾

0111= 500 kHz (default upon Reset)

0110= 250 kHz

0101= 125 kHz

0100= 62.5 kHz

001x= 31.25 kHz

000x= 31 kHz (LFINTOSC)

bit 2

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 1-0

SCS<1:0>: System Clock Select bits

1x= Internal oscillator block

01= Reserved

00= Clock determined by FOSC<1:0> in Configuration Words.

Note 1: Duplicate frequency derived from HFINTOSC.

DS41586A-page 51

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 5-2:

OSCSTAT: OSCILLATOR STATUS REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R-0/q

U-0

—

U-0

—

R-0/q

HFIOFR

LFIOFR

HFIOFS

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Conditional

bit 7-5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

HFIOFR: High Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit

1= 16 MHz Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is ready

0= 16 MHz Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is not ready

bit 3-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

LFIOFR: Low Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit

1= 31 kHz Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is ready

0= 31 kHz Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is not ready

bit 0

HFIOFS: High Frequency Internal Oscillator Stable bit

1= 16 MHz Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is stable

0= 16 MHz Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is not yet stable.

TABLE 5-2:

SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

—

OSCCON

OSCSTAT

IRCF<3:0>

—

SCS<1:0>

51

52

—

HFIOFR

—

LFIOFR

HFIOFS

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.

TABLE 5-3:

SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH CLOCK SOURCES

Register

on Page

Name

Bits

Bit -/7

Bit -/6

Bit 13/5

Bit 12/4

Bit 11/3

Bit 10/2

Bit 9/1

Bit 8/0

13:8

7:0

—

CLKOUTEN

BOREN<1:0>

—

CONFIG1

40

MCLRE

PWRTE

WDTE<1:0>

FOSC<1:0>

CP

—

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 52

PIC16(L)F1507

6.0

RESETS

There are multiple ways to reset this device:

• Power-on Reset (POR)

• Brown-out Reset (BOR)

• Low-Power Brown-out Reset (LPBOR)

• MCLR Reset

• WDT Reset

• RESETinstruction

• Stack Overflow

• Stack Underflow

• Programming mode exit

To allow VDD to stabilize, an optional Power-up Timer

can be enabled to extend the Reset time after a BOR

or POR event.

A simplified block diagram of the On-Chip Reset Circuit

is shown in Figure 6-1.

FIGURE 6-1:

SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT

ICSP™ Programming Mode Exit

RESETInstruction

Stack

Pointer

MCLRE

Sleep

MCLR

WDT

Time-out

Device

Reset

Power-on

Reset

VDD

Brown-out

Reset

PWRT

R

Done

LPBOR

Reset

PWRTE

LFINTOSC

BOR

Active⁽¹⁾

Note 1: See Table 6-1 for BOR active conditions.

DS41586A-page 53

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

6.1

Power-on Reset (POR)

6.2

Brown-Out Reset (BOR)

The POR circuit holds the device in Reset until VDD has

reached an acceptable level for minimum operation.

Slow rising VDD, fast operating speeds or analog

performance may require greater than minimum VDD.

The PWRT, BOR or MCLR features can be used to

extend the start-up period until all device operation

conditions have been met.

The BOR circuit holds the device in Reset when VDD

reaches a selectable minimum level. Between the

POR and BOR, complete voltage range coverage for

execution protection can be implemented.

The Brown-out Reset module has four operating

modes controlled by the BOREN<1:0> bits in Configu-

ration Words. The four operating modes are:

• BOR is always on

6.1.1

POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT)

• BOR is off when in Sleep

• BOR is controlled by software

• BOR is always off

The Power-up Timer provides a nominal 64 ms time-

out on POR or Brown-out Reset.

The device is held in Reset as long as PWRT is active.

The PWRT delay allows additional time for the VDD to

rise to an acceptable level. The Power-up Timer is

enabled by clearing the PWRTE bit in Configuration

Words.

Refer to Table 6-1 for more information.

The Brown-out Reset voltage level is selectable by

configuring the BORV bit in Configuration Words.

A VDD noise rejection filter prevents the BOR from trig-

gering on small events. If VDD falls below VBOR for a

duration greater than parameter TBORDC, the device

will reset. See Figure 6-2 for more information.

The Power-up Timer starts after the release of the POR

and BOR.

For additional information, refer to Application Note

AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607).

TABLE 6-1:

BOREN<1:0>

11

BOR OPERATING MODES

Instruction Exection upon:

Release of POR or Wake-up from Sleep

SBOREN

Device Mode

BOR Mode

X

Active

Waits for BOR ready⁽¹⁾

(BORRDY = 1)

Awake

Sleep

Active

Disabled

Active

Waits for BOR ready

10

X

1

(BORRDY = 1)

Waits for BOR ready⁽¹⁾

X

(BORRDY = 1)

01

00

0

X

Disabled

Begins immediately

(BORRDY = x)

Note 1: In these specific cases, “release of POR” and “wake-up from Sleep,” there is no delay in start-up. The BOR

ready flag, (BORRDY = 1), will be set before the CPU is ready to execute instructions because the BOR

circuit is forced on by the BOREN<1:0> bits.

BOR protection is not active during Sleep. The device

wake-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready.

6.2.1

BOR IS ALWAYS ON

When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are pro-

grammed to ‘11’, the BOR is always on. The device

start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready and VDD

is higher than the BOR threshold.

6.2.3

BOR CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE

When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are pro-

grammed to ‘01’, the BOR is controlled by the SBO-

REN bit of the BORCON register. The device start-up

is not delayed by the BOR ready condition or the VDD

level.

BOR protection is active during Sleep. The BOR does

not delay wake-up from Sleep.

6.2.2

BOR IS OFF IN SLEEP

BOR protection begins as soon as the BOR circuit is

ready. The status of the BOR circuit is reflected in the

BORRDY bit of the BORCON register.

When the BOREN bits of Configuration Words are pro-

grammed to ‘10’, the BOR is on, except in Sleep. The

device start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready

and VDD is higher than the BOR threshold.

BOR protection is unchanged by Sleep.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 54

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 6-2:

BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS

VDD

VBOR

Internal

Reset

(1)

TPWRT

VDD

VBOR

Internal

Reset

< TPWRT

(1)

TPWRT

VDD

VBOR

Internal

Reset

(1)

TPWRT

Note 1: TPWRT delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’.

REGISTER 6-1:

BORCON: BROWN-OUT RESET CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-1/u

SBOREN

bit 7

R/W-0/u

BORFS

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

R-q/u

—

BORRDY

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7

bit 6

SBOREN: Software Brown-out Reset Enable bit

If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words  01:

SBOREN is read/write, but has no effect on the BOR.

If BOREN <1:0> in Configuration Words = 01:

1= BOR Enabled

0= BOR Disabled

(1)

BORFS: Brown-out Reset Fast Start bit

If BOREN<1:0> = 11 (Always on) or BOREN<1:0> = 00 (Always off)

BORFS is Read/Write, but has no effect.

If BOREN <1:0> = 10 (Disabled in Sleep) or BOREN<1:0> = 01 (Under software control):

1= Band gap is forced on always (covers sleep/wake-up/operating cases)

0= Band gap operates normally, and may turn off

bit 5-1

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

BORRDY: Brown-out Reset Circuit Ready Status bit

1= The Brown-out Reset circuit is active

0= The Brown-out Reset circuit is inactive

Note 1: BOREN<1:0> bits are located in Configuration Words.

DS41586A-page 55

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

6.3

Low-Power Brown-out Reset

(LPBOR)

6.5

Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset

The Watchdog Timer generates a Reset if the firmware

does not issue a CLRWDTinstruction within the time-out

period. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register are

changed to indicate the WDT Reset. See Section 9.0

“Watchdog Timer” for more information.

The Low-Power Brown-Out Reset (LPBOR) is an

essential part of the Reset subsystem. Refer to

Figure 6-1 to see how the BOR interacts with other

modules.

The LPBOR is used to monitor the external VDD pin.

When too low of a voltage is detected, the device is

held in Reset. When this occurs, a register bit (BOR) is

changed to indicate that a BOR Reset has occurred.

The same bit is set for both the BOR and the LPBOR.

Refer to Register 6-2.

6.6

RESET Instruction

A RESETinstruction will cause a device Reset. The RI

bit in the PCON register will be set to ‘0’. See Table 6-4

for default conditions after a RESET instruction has

occurred.

6.3.1

ENABLING LPBOR

6.7

Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset

The LPBOR is controlled by the LPBOR bit of

Configuration Words. When the device is erased, the

LPBOR module defaults to disabled.

The device can reset when the Stack Overflows or

Underflows. The STKOVF or STKUNF bits of the PCON

register indicate the Reset condition. These Resets are

enabled by setting the STVREN bit in Configuration

Words. See Section 3.4.2 “Overflow/Underflow

Reset” for more information.

6.3.1.1

LPBOR Module Output

The output of the LPBOR module is a signal indicating

whether or not a Reset is to be asserted. This signal is

OR’d together with the Reset signal of the BOR mod-

ule to provide the generic BOR signal which goes to

the PCON register and to the power control block.

6.8

Programming Mode Exit

Upon exit of Programming mode, the device will

behave as if a POR had just occurred.

6.4

MCLR

6.9

Power-Up Timer

The MCLR is an optional external input that can reset

the device. The MCLR function is controlled by the

MCLRE bit of Configuration Words and the LVP bit of

Configuration Words (Table 6-2).

The Power-up Timer optionally delays device execution

after a BOR or POR event. This timer is typically used to

allow VDD to stabilize before allowing the device to start

running.

TABLE 6-2:

MCLRE

MCLR CONFIGURATION

The Power-up Timer is controlled by the PWRTE bit of

Configuration Words.

LVP

MCLR

0

1

x

0

1

Disabled

Enabled

6.10 Start-up Sequence

Upon the release of a POR or BOR, the following must

occur before the device will begin executing:

1. Power-up Timer runs to completion (if enabled).

2. MCLR must be released (if enabled).

6.4.1

MCLR ENABLED

When MCLR is enabled and the pin is held low, the

device is held in Reset. The MCLR pin is connected to

VDD through an internal weak pull-up.

The total time-out will vary based on oscillator configu-

ration and Power-up Timer configuration. See

Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module” for more informa-

tion.

The device has a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path.

The filter will detect and ignore small pulses.

The Power-up Timer runs independently of MCLR

Reset. If MCLR is kept low long enough, the Power-up

Timer will expire. Upon bringing MCLR high, the device

will begin execution immediately (see Figure 6-3). This

is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more

than one device operating in parallel.

Note:

A Reset does not drive the MCLR pin low.

6.4.2

MCLR DISABLED

When MCLR is disabled, the pin functions as a general

purpose input and the internal weak pull-up is under

software control. See Section 11.2 “PORTA Regis-

ters” for more information.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 56

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 6-3:

RESET START-UP SEQUENCE

VDD

Internal POR

TPWRT

Power-Up Timer

MCLR

TMCLR

Internal RESET

Internal Oscillator

Oscillator

FOSC

External Clock (EC)

CLKIN

FOSC

DS41586A-page 57

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

6.11 Determining the Cause of a Reset

Upon any Reset, multiple bits in the STATUS and

PCON register are updated to indicate the cause of the

Reset. Table 6-3 and Table 6-4 show the Reset condi-

tions of these registers.

TABLE 6-3:

RESET STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE

STKOVF STKUNF RWDT RMCLR

RI

POR

BOR

TO

PD

Condition

0

u

1

u

0

u

1

u

0

u

1

u

0

u

1

u

0

u

0

u

x

0

u

1

0

x

1

0

1

u

1

u

1

x

0

1

u

0

u

0

u

Power-on Reset

Illegal, TO is set on POR

Illegal, PD is set on POR

Brown-out Reset

WDT Reset

WDT Wake-up from Sleep

Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep

MCLR Reset during normal operation

MCLR Reset during Sleep

RESETInstruction Executed

Stack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1)

Stack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1)

TABLE 6-4:

RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS⁽²⁾

Program

STATUS

Register

PCON

Register

Condition

Counter

Power-on Reset

0000h

---1 1000

---u uuuu

00-- 110x

uu-- 0uuu

MCLR Reset during normal operation

0000h

MCLR Reset during Sleep

WDT Reset

0000h

---1 0uuu

---0 uuuu

---0 0uuu

---1 1uuu

---1 0uuu

---u uuuu

uu-- 0uuu

uu-- uuuu

00-- 11u0

uu-- uuuu

uu-- u0uu

1u-- uuuu

u1-- uuuu

WDT Wake-up from Sleep

Brown-out Reset

PC + 1

0000h

Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep

RESETInstruction Executed

Stack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1)

Stack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1)

PC + 1⁽¹⁾

0000h

Legend: u= unchanged, x= unknown, -= unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’.

Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and Global Interrupt Enable bit (GIE) is set, the return address is

pushed on the stack and PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC + 1.

2: If a Status bit is not implemented, that bit will be read as ‘0’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 58

PIC16(L)F1507

6.12 Power Control (PCON) Register

The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits

to differentiate between a:

• Power-on Reset (POR)

• Brown-out Reset (BOR)

• Reset Instruction Reset (RI)

• MCLR Reset (RMCLR)

• Watchdog Timer Reset (RWDT)

• Stack Underflow Reset (STKUNF)

• Stack Overflow Reset (STKOVF)

The PCON register bits are shown in Register 6-2.

REGISTER 6-2:

PCON: POWER CONTROL REGISTER

R/W/HS-0/q R/W/HS-0/q

U-0

—

R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-q/u R/W/HC-q/u

RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR

bit 0

STKOVF

bit 7

STKUNF

Legend:

HC = Bit is cleared by hardware

HS = Bit is set by hardware

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7

bit 6

STKOVF: Stack Overflow Flag bit

1= A Stack Overflow occurred

0= A Stack Overflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware

STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit

1= A Stack Underflow occurred

0= A Stack Underflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware

bit 5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RWDT: Watchdog Timer Reset Flag bit

1= A Watchdog Timer Reset has not occurred or set by firmware

0= A Watchdog Timer Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

RMCLR: MCLR Reset Flag bit

1= A MCLR Reset has not occurred or set by firmware

0= A MCLR Reset has occurred (cleared by hardware)

RI: RESETInstruction Flag bit

1= A RESETinstruction has not been executed or set by firmware

0= A RESETinstruction has been executed (cleared by hardware)

POR: Power-on Reset Status bit

1= No Power-on Reset occurred

0= A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)

BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit

1= No Brown-out Reset occurred

0= A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset or Brown-out Reset

occurs)

DS41586A-page 59

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 6-5:

Name

SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH RESETS

Register

on Page

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

BORCON SBOREN BORFS

—

RWDT

TO

—

RMCLR

PD

—

RI

Z

—

POR

DC

BORRDY

BOR

55

59

18

81

PCON

STKOVF STKUNF

STATUS

WDTCON

—

C

WDTPS<4:0>

SWDTEN

Legend: — = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Resets.

Note 1: Other (non Power-up) Resets include MCLR Reset and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.

TABLE 6-6:

SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH RESETS

Register

on Page

Name

Bits

Bit -/7

Bit -/6

Bit 13/5

Bit 12/4

Bit 11/3

Bit 10/2

Bit 9/1

Bit 8/0

13:8

7:0

—

CP

—

CLKOUTEN

BOREN<1:0>

—

CONFIG1

40

41

MCLRE PWRTE

WDTE<1:0>

—

BORV

—

FOSC<1:0>

13:8

7:0

—

LVP

—

LPBOR

—

STVREN

—

CONFIG2

—

WRT<1:0>

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 60

PIC16(L)F1507

7.0

INTERRUPTS

The interrupt feature allows certain events to preempt

normal program flow. Firmware is used to determine

the source of the interrupt and act accordingly. Some

interrupts can be configured to wake the MCU from

Sleep mode.

This chapter contains the following information for

Interrupts:

• Operation

• Interrupt Latency

• Interrupts During Sleep

• INT Pin

• Automatic Context Saving

Many peripherals produce Interrupts. Refer to the

corresponding chapters for details.

A block diagram of the interrupt logic is shown in

Figure 7-1.

FIGURE 7-1:

INTERRUPT LOGIC

TMR0IF

TMR0IE

Wake-up

(If in Sleep mode)

INTF

INTE

Peripheral Interrupts

(TMR1IF) PIR1<0>

IOCIF

IOCIE

Interrupt

to CPU

(TMR1IF) PIR1<0>

PEIE

GIE

PIRn<7>

PIEn<7>

DS41586A-page 61

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

7.1

Operation

7.2

Interrupt Latency

Interrupts are disabled upon any device Reset. They

are enabled by setting the following bits:

Interrupt latency is defined as the time from when the

interrupt event occurs to the time code execution at the

interrupt vector begins. The latency for synchronous

interrupts is 3 or 4 instruction cycles. For asynchronous

interrupts, the latency is 3 to 5 instruction cycles,

depending on when the interrupt occurs. See Figure 7-2

and Figure 7.3 for more details.

• GIE bit of the INTCON register

• Interrupt Enable bit(s) for the specific interrupt

event(s)

• PEIE bit of the INTCON register (if the Interrupt

Enable bit of the interrupt event is contained in the

PIE1, PIE2 and PIE3 registers)

The INTCON, PIR1, PIR2 and PIR3 registers record

individual interrupts via interrupt flag bits. Interrupt flag

bits will be set, regardless of the status of the GIE, PEIE

and individual interrupt enable bits.

The following events happen when an interrupt event

occurs while the GIE bit is set:

• Current prefetched instruction is flushed

• GIE bit is cleared

• Current Program Counter (PC) is pushed onto the

stack

• Critical registers are automatically saved to the

shadow registers (See “Section 7.5 “Automatic

Context Saving”.”)

• PC is loaded with the interrupt vector 0004h

The firmware within the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR)

should determine the source of the interrupt by polling

the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bits must be

cleared before exiting the ISR to avoid repeated

interrupts. Because the GIE bit is cleared, any interrupt

that occurs while executing the ISR will be recorded

through its interrupt flag, but will not cause the

processor to redirect to the interrupt vector.

The RETFIE instruction exits the ISR by popping the

previous address from the stack, restoring the saved

context from the shadow registers and setting the GIE

bit.

For additional information on a specific interrupt’s

operation, refer to its peripheral chapter.

Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set,

regardless of the state of any other

enable bits.

2: All interrupts will be ignored while the GIE

bit is cleared. Any interrupt occurring

while the GIE bit is clear will be serviced

when the GIE bit is set again.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 62

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 7-2:

INTERRUPT LATENCY

Fosc

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

CLKR

Interrupt Sampled

during Q1

Interrupt

GIE

PC-1

PC

PC+1

0004h

0005h

PC

1 Cycle Instruction at PC

Execute

Inst(PC)

NOP

Inst(0004h)

Interrupt

GIE

PC+1/FSR

ADDR

New PC/

PC+1

PC-1

PC

0004h

0005h

PC

Execute

2 Cycle Instruction at PC

Inst(PC)

NOP

Inst(0004h)

Interrupt

GIE

PC-1

PC

FSR ADDR

INST(PC)

PC+1

PC+2

0004h

0005h

PC

Execute

3 Cycle Instruction at PC

NOP

Inst(0004h)

Inst(0005h)

Interrupt

GIE

PC-1

PC

FSR ADDR

INST(PC)

PC+1

PC+2

0004h

0005h

PC

NOP

Execute

3 Cycle Instruction at PC

NOP

Inst(0004h)

DS41586A-page 63

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 7-3:

INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

FOSC

CLKOUT

(3)

INT pin

INTF

(1)

(2)

(4)

Interrupt Latency

GIE

INSTRUCTION FLOW

PC

PC + 1

—

0004h

0005h

PC

Inst (PC)

PC + 1

Instruction

Fetched

Inst (PC + 1)

Inst (0004h)

Inst (0005h)

Inst (0004h)

Instruction

Executed

Forced NOP

Inst (PC)

Inst (PC – 1)

Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1).

2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-5 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3-4 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time.

Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction.

3: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications””.

4: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 64

PIC16(L)F1507

7.3

Interrupts During Sleep

Some interrupts can be used to wake from Sleep. To

wake from Sleep, the peripheral must be able to

operate without the system clock. The interrupt source

must have the appropriate Interrupt Enable bit(s) set

prior to entering Sleep.

On waking from Sleep, if the GIE bit is also set, the

processor will branch to the interrupt vector. Otherwise,

the processor will continue executing instructions after

the SLEEPinstruction. The instruction directly after the

SLEEP instruction will always be executed before

branching to the ISR. Refer to Section 8.0 “Power-

Down Mode (Sleep)” for more details.

7.4

INT Pin

The INT pin can be used to generate an asynchronous

edge-triggered interrupt. This interrupt is enabled by

setting the INTE bit of the INTCON register. The

INTEDG bit of the OPTION_REG register determines on

which edge the interrupt will occur. When the INTEDG

bit is set, the rising edge will cause the interrupt. When

the INTEDG bit is clear, the falling edge will cause the

interrupt. The INTF bit of the INTCON register will be set

when a valid edge appears on the INT pin. If the GIE and

INTE bits are also set, the processor will redirect

program execution to the interrupt vector.

7.5

Automatic Context Saving

Upon entering an interrupt, the return PC address is

saved on the stack. Additionally, the following registers

are automatically saved in the Shadow registers:

• W register

• STATUS register (except for TO and PD)

• BSR register

• FSR registers

• PCLATH register

Upon exiting the Interrupt Service Routine, these regis-

ters are automatically restored. Any modifications to

these registers during the ISR will be lost. If modifica-

tions to any of these registers are desired, the corre-

sponding Shadow register should be modified and the

value will be restored when exiting the ISR. The

Shadow registers are available in Bank 31 and are

readable and writable. Depending on the user’s appli-

cation, other registers may also need to be saved.

DS41586A-page 65

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

7.6

Interrupt Control Registers

Note:

Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt

condition occurs, regardless of the state of

its corresponding enable bit or the Global

Interrupt Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON

register. User software should ensure the

appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear

prior to enabling an interrupt.

7.6.1

INTCON REGISTER

The INTCON register is a readable and writable

register, that contains the various enable and flag bits

for TMR0 register overflow, interrupt-on-change and

external INT pin interrupts.

REGISTER 7-1:

INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0

GIE

R/W-0/0

PEIE

R/W-0/0

TMR0IE

R/W-0/0

INTE

R/W-0/0

IOCIE

R/W-0/0

TMR0IF

R/W-0/0

INTF

R-0/0

IOCIF⁽¹⁾

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables all active interrupts

0= Disables all interrupts

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables all active peripheral interrupts

0= Disables all peripheral interrupts

TMR0IE: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the Timer0 interrupt

0= Disables the Timer0 interrupt

INTE: INT External Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the INT external interrupt

0= Disables the INT external interrupt

IOCIE: Interrupt-on-Change Enable bit

1= Enables the interrupt-on-change

0= Disables the interrupt-on-change

TMR0IF: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit

1= TMR0 register has overflowed

0= TMR0 register did not overflow

INTF: INT External Interrupt Flag bit

1= The INT external interrupt occurred

0= The INT external interrupt did not occur

IOCIF: Interrupt-on-Change Interrupt Flag bit⁽¹⁾

1= When at least one of the interrupt-on-change pins changed state

0= None of the interrupt-on-change pins have changed state

Note 1: The IOCIF Flag bit is read-only and cleared when all the interrupt-on-change flags in the IOCBF register

have been cleared by software.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 66

PIC16(L)F1507

7.6.2

PIE1 REGISTER

The PIE1 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as

shown in Register 7-2.

Note:

Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be

set to enable any peripheral interrupt.

REGISTER 7-2:

PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1

R/W-0/0

TMR1GIE

bit 7

R/W-0/0

ADIE

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

TMR2IE

R/W-0/0

TMR1IE

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7

bit 6

TMR1GIE: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the Timer1 Gate Acquisition interrupt

0= Disables the Timer1 Gate Acquisition interrupt

ADIE: A/D Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the ADC interrupt

0= Disables the ADC interrupt

bit 5-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt

0= Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt

bit 0

TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt

0= Disables the Timer1 overflow interrupt

DS41586A-page 67

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

7.6.3

PIE2 REGISTER

The PIE2 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as

shown in Register 7-3.

Note:

Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be

set to enable any peripheral interrupt.

REGISTER 7-3:

PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

NCO1IE

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-3

bit 2

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

NCO1IE: Numerically Controlled Oscillator Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the NCO interrupt

0= Disables the NCO interrupt

bit 1-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 68

PIC16(L)F1507

7.6.4

PIE3 REGISTER

The PIE3 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as

shown in Register 7-4.

Note:

Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be

set to enable any peripheral interrupt.

REGISTER 7-4:

PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

CLC2IE

R/W-0/0

CLC1IE

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CLC2IE: Configurable Logic Block 2 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the CLC 2 interrupt

0= Disables the CLC 2 interrupt

bit 0

CLC1IE: Configurable Logic Block 1 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Enables the CLC 1 interrupt

0= Disables the CLC 1 interrupt

DS41586A-page 69

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

7.6.5

PIR1 REGISTER

The PIR1 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as

shown in Register 7-5.

Note:

Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt

condition occurs, regardless of the state of

its corresponding enable bit or the Global

Interrupt Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON

register. User software should ensure the

appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior

to enabling an interrupt.

REGISTER 7-5:

PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 1

R/W-0/0

TMR1GIF

bit 7

R/W-0/0

ADIF

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

TMR2IF

R/W-0/0

TMR1IF

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7

bit 6

TMR1GIF: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Flag bit

1= Interrupt is pending

0= Interrupt is not pending

ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit

1= Interrupt is pending

0= Interrupt is not pending

bit 5-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TMR2IF: Timer2 to PR2 Interrupt Flag bit

1= Interrupt is pending

0= Interrupt is not pending

bit 0

TMR1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit

1= Interrupt is pending

0= Interrupt is not pending

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 70

PIC16(L)F1507

7.6.6

PIR2 REGISTER

The PIR2 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as

shown in Register 7-6.

Note:

Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt

condition occurs, regardless of the state of

its corresponding enable bit or the Global

Interrupt Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON

register. User software should ensure the

appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior

to enabling an interrupt.

REGISTER 7-6:

PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 2

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

NCO1IF

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-3

bit 2

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

NCO1IF: Numerically Controlled Oscillator Flag bit

1= Interrupt is pending

0= Interrupt is not pending

bit 1-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS41586A-page 71

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

7.6.7

PIR3 REGISTER

The PIR3 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as

shown in Register 7-7.

Note:

Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt

condition occurs, regardless of the state of

its corresponding enable bit or the Global

Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register.

User software should ensure the

appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior

to enabling an interrupt.

REGISTER 7-7:

PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 3

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

CLC2IF

R/W-0/0

CLC1IF

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CLC2IF: Configurable Logic Block 2 Interrupt Flag bit

1= Interrupt is pending

0= Interrupt is not pending

bit 0

CLC1IF: Configurable Logic Block 1 Interrupt Flag bit

1= Interrupt is pending

0= Interrupt is not pending

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 72

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 7-1:

Name

SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS

Register

on Page

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

INTCON

GIE

PEIE

TMR0IE

INTE

IOCIE

PSA

—

TMR0IF

INTF

IOCIF

66

137

67

68

69

70

71

72

OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE

PS<2:0>

PIE1

PIE2

PIE3

PIR1

PIR2

PIR3

TMR1GIE

ADIE

—

NCO1IE

—

TMR2IE TMR1IE

—

TMR1GIF

—

CLC2IE CLC1IE

TMR2IF TMR1IF

ADIF

—

NCO1IF

—

CLC2IF CLC1IF

Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Interrupts.

DS41586A-page 73

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 74

PIC16(L)F1507

8.1

Wake-up from Sleep

8.0

POWER-DOWN MODE (SLEEP)

The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the

following events:

The Power-Down mode is entered by executing a

SLEEPinstruction.

1. External Reset input on MCLR pin, if enabled

2. BOR Reset, if enabled

Upon entering Sleep mode, the following conditions exist:

1. WDT will be cleared but keeps running, if

enabled for operation during Sleep.

3. POR Reset

4. Watchdog Timer, if enabled

5. Any external interrupt

2. PD bit of the STATUS register is cleared.

3. TO bit of the STATUS register is set.

4. CPU clock is disabled.

6. Interrupts by peripherals capable of running dur-

ing Sleep (see individual peripheral for more

information)

5. 31 kHz LFINTOSC is unaffected and peripherals

that operate from it may continue operation in

Sleep.

The first three events will cause a device Reset. The

last three events are considered a continuation of pro-

gram execution. To determine whether a device Reset

or wake-up event occurred, refer to Section 6.11

“Determining the Cause of a Reset”.

6. ADC is unaffected, if the dedicated FRC clock is

selected.

7. I/O ports maintain the status they had before

SLEEPwas executed (driving high, low or high-

impedance).

When the SLEEPinstruction is being executed, the next

instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to

wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding

interrupt enable bit must be enabled. Wake-up will

occur regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE

bit is disabled, the device continues execution at the

instruction after the SLEEPinstruction. If the GIE bit is

enabled, the device executes the instruction after the

SLEEPinstruction, the device will then call the Interrupt

Service Routine. In cases where the execution of the

instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user

should have a NOPafter the SLEEPinstruction.

8. Resets other than WDT are not affected by

Sleep mode.

Refer to individual chapters for more details on

peripheral operation during Sleep.

To minimize current consumption, the following

conditions should be considered:

• I/O pins should not be floating

• External circuitry sinking current from I/O pins

• Internal circuitry sourcing current from I/O pins

• Current draw from pins with internal weak pull-ups

• Modules using 31 kHz LFINTOSC

The WDT is cleared when the device wakes up from

Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up.

• CWG, NCO and CLC modules using HFINTOSC

8.1.1

WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS

I/O pins that are high-impedance inputs should be

pulled to VDD or VSS externally to avoid switching

currents caused by floating inputs.

When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and

any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit

and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur:

Examples of internal circuitry that might be sourcing

current include the FVR module. See Section 13.0

“Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more

information on this module.

• If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a

SLEEPinstruction

- SLEEPinstruction will execute as a NOP.

- WDT and WDT prescaler will not be cleared

- TO bit of the STATUS register will not be set

- PD bit of the STATUS register will not be

cleared.

• If the interrupt occurs during or after the execu-

tion of a SLEEPinstruction

- SLEEPinstruction will be completely exe-

cuted

- Device will immediately wake-up from Sleep

- WDT and WDT prescaler will be cleared

- TO bit of the STATUS register will be set

- PD bit of the STATUS register will be cleared

DS41586A-page 75

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a

SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to

become set before the SLEEPinstruction completes. To

determine whether a SLEEPinstruction executed, test

the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction

was executed as a NOP.

FIGURE 8-1:

WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

CLKIN⁽¹⁾

(3)

CLKOUT⁽²⁾

T1OSC

Interrupt Latency⁽⁴⁾

Interrupt flag

GIE bit

(INTCON reg.)

Processor in

Sleep

Instruction Flow

PC

PC + 1

PC + 2

0004h

0005h

Instruction

Fetched

Inst(0004h)

Inst(PC + 1)

Inst(PC + 2)

Inst(0005h)

Inst(PC) = Sleep

Instruction

Executed

Forced NOP

Sleep

Inst(PC + 1)

Inst(PC - 1)

Inst(0004h)

Note 1:

External clock. High, Medium, Low mode assumed.

CLKOUT is shown here for timing reference.

T1OSC; See Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications”.

GIE = 1assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor calls the ISR at 0004h. If GIE = 0, execution will continue in-line.

2:

3:

4:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 76

PIC16(L)F1507

8.2.2

PERIPHERAL USAGE IN SLEEP

8.2

Low-Power Sleep Mode

Some peripherals that can operate in Sleep mode will

not operate properly with the Low-Power Sleep mode

selected. The LDO will remain in the Normal Power

mode when those peripherals are enabled. The Low-

Power Sleep mode is intended for use with these

peripherals:

The PIC16(L)F1507 device contains an internal Low

Dropout (LDO) voltage regulator, which allows the

device I/O pins to operate at voltages up to 5.5V while

the internal device logic operates at a lower voltage.

The LDO and its associated reference circuitry must

remain active when the device is in Sleep mode. The

PIC16(L)F1507 allows the user to optimize the operat-

ing current in Sleep, depending on the application

requirements.

• Brown-Out Reset (BOR)

• Watchdog Timer (WDT)

• External interrupt pin/Interrupt-on-change pins

• Timer1 (with external clock source)

A Low-Power Sleep mode can be selected by setting

the VREGPM bit of the VREGCON register. With this

bit set, the LDO and reference circuitry are placed in a

low-power state when the device is in Sleep.

The Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG), the

Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO) and the Con-

figurable Logic Cell (CLC) modules can utilize the

HFINTOSC oscillator as either a clock source or as an

input source. Under certain conditions, when the HFIN-

TOSC is selected for use with the CWG, NCO or CLC

modules, the HFINTOSC will remain active during

Sleep. This will have a direct effect on the Sleep mode

current.

8.2.1

SLEEP CURRENT VS. WAKE-UP

TIME

In the default operating mode, the LDO and reference

circuitry remain in the normal configuration while in

Sleep. The device is able to exit Sleep mode quickly

since all circuits remain active. In Low-Power Sleep

mode, when waking up from Sleep, an extra delay time

is required for these circuits to return to the normal con-

figuration and stabilize.

Please refer to sections 20.5 “Operation During

Sleep”, 21.7 “Operation In Sleep” and 22.10 “Oper-

ation During Sleep” for more information.

The Low-Power Sleep mode is beneficial for applica-

tions that stay in Sleep mode for long periods of time.

The Normal mode is beneficial for applications that

need to wake from Sleep quickly and frequently.

Note:

The PIC16LF1507 does not have a con-

figurable Low-Power Sleep mode.

PIC16LF1507 is an unregulated device

and is always in the lowest power state

when in Sleep, with no wake-up time pen-

alty. This device has a lower maximum

VDD and I/O voltage than the

PIC16(L)F1507. See Section 25.0 “Elec-

trical Specifications” for more informa-

tion.

DS41586A-page 77

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 8-1:

VREGCON: VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTROL REGISTER⁽¹⁾

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

R/W-1/1

VREGPM

Reserved

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

VREGPM: Voltage Regulator Power Mode Selection bit

1= Low-Power Sleep mode enabled in Sleep

Draws lowest current in Sleep, slower wake-up

0= Normal Power mode enabled in Sleep

Draws higher current in Sleep, faster wake-up

bit 0

Reserved: Read as ‘1’. Maintain this bit set.

Note 1: PIC16F1507 only.

TABLE 8-1:

Name

SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH POWER-DOWN MODE

Register on

Page

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

INTCON

IOCAF

GIE

—

PEIE

—

TMR0IE

INTE

IOCIE

TMR0IF

INTF

IOCIF

66

113

114

67

IOCAF5 IOCAF4 IOCAF3 IOCAF2 IOCAF1 IOCAF0

IOCAN5 IOCAN4 IOCAN3 IOCAN2 IOCAN1 IOCAN0

IOCAP5 IOCAP4 IOCAP3 IOCAP2 IOCAP1 IOCAP0

IOCAN

IOCAP

IOCBF

IOCBN

IOCBP

—

IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4

IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4

IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4

—

PIE1

TMR1GIE

ADIE

—

TMR2IE TMR1IE

PIE2

—

NCO1IE

—

TMR1IF

—

68

TMR2IF

PIR1

TMR1GIF

ADIF

—

70

PIR2

—

PD

NCO1IF

Z

—

71

STATUS

WDTCON

—

TO

DC

C

18

—

WDTPS<4:0>

SWDTEN

81

Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used in Power-down mode.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 78

PIC16(L)F1507

9.0

WATCHDOG TIMER

The Watchdog Timer is a system timer that generates

a Reset if the firmware does not issue a CLRWDT

instruction within the time-out period. The Watchdog

Timer is typically used to recover the system from

unexpected events.

The WDT has the following features:

• Independent clock source

• Multiple operating modes

- WDT is always on

- WDT is off when in Sleep

- WDT is controlled by software

- WDT is always off

• Configurable time-out period is from 1 ms to 256

seconds (typical)

• Multiple Reset conditions

• Operation during Sleep

FIGURE 9-1:

WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM

WDTE<1:0> = 01

SWDTEN

23-bit Programmable

Prescaler WDT

WDTE<1:0> = 11

LFINTOSC

WDT Time-out

WDTE<1:0> = 10

Sleep

WDTPS<4:0>

DS41586A-page 79

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

9.1

Independent Clock Source

9.3

Time-Out Period

The WDT derives its time base from the 31 kHz

LFINTOSC internal oscillator. Time intervals in this

chapter are based on a nominal interval of 1 ms. See

Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for the

LFINTOSC tolerances.

The WDTPS bits of the WDTCON register set the

time-out period from 1 ms to 256 seconds (nominal).

After a Reset, the default time-out period is 2 seconds.

9.4

Clearing the WDT

The WDT is cleared when any of the following condi-

tions occur:

9.2

WDT Operating Modes

The Watchdog Timer module has four operating modes

controlled by the WDTE<1:0> bits in Configuration

Words. See Table 9-1.

• Any Reset

• CLRWDTinstruction is executed

• Device enters Sleep

• Device wakes up from Sleep

• Oscillator fail

9.2.1

WDT IS ALWAYS ON

When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to

‘11’, the WDT is always on.

• WDT is disabled

WDT protection is active during Sleep.

See Table 9-2 for more information.

9.2.2

WDT IS OFF IN SLEEP

9.5

Operation During Sleep

When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to

‘10’, the WDT is on, except in Sleep.

When the device enters Sleep, the WDT is cleared. If

the WDT is enabled during Sleep, the WDT resumes

counting.

WDT protection is not active during Sleep.

When the device exits Sleep, the WDT is cleared

again. The WDT remains clear until the OST, if

enabled, completes. See Section 5.0 “Oscillator

Module” for more information on the OST.

9.2.3

WDT CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE

When the WDTE bits of Configuration Words are set to

‘01’, the WDT is controlled by the SWDTEN bit of the

WDTCON register.

When a WDT time-out occurs while the device is in

Sleep, no Reset is generated. Instead, the device

wakes up and resumes operation. The TO and PD bits

in the STATUS register are changed to indicate the

event. The RWDT bit in the PCON register can also be

used. See Section 3.0 “Memory Organization” for

more information.

WDT protection is unchanged by Sleep. See Table 9-1

for more details.

TABLE 9-1:

WDTE<1:0>

WDT OPERATING MODES

Device

Mode

WDT

Mode

SWDTEN

11

10

X

Active

Awake

Sleep Disabled

1

0

X

Active

X

01

Disabled

00

X

Disabled

TABLE 9-2:

WDT CLEARING CONDITIONS

Conditions

WDT

WDTE<1:0> = 00

WDTE<1:0> = 01 and SWDTEN = 0

WDTE<1:0> = 10 and enter Sleep

CLRWDTCommand

Cleared

Oscillator Fail Detected

Exit Sleep + System Clock = INTOSC, EXTCLK

Change INTOSC divider (IRCF bits)

Unaffected

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 80

PIC16(L)F1507

9.6

Watchdog Control Register

REGISTER 9-1:

WDTCON: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

R/W-1/1

R/W-0/0

R/W-1/1

R/W-0/0

WDTPS<4:0>

SWDTEN

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

WDTPS<4:0>: Watchdog Timer Period Select bits⁽¹⁾

Bit Value = Prescale Rate

00000 = 1:32 (Interval 1 ms nominal)

00001 = 1:64 (Interval 2 ms nominal)

00010 = 1:128 (Interval 4 ms nominal)

00011 = 1:256 (Interval 8 ms nominal)

00100 = 1:512 (Interval 16 ms nominal)

00101 = 1:1024 (Interval 32 ms nominal)

00110 = 1:2048 (Interval 64 ms nominal)

00111 = 1:4096 (Interval 128 ms nominal)

01000 = 1:8192 (Interval 256 ms nominal)

01001 = 1:16384 (Interval 512 ms nominal)

01010 = 1:32768 (Interval 1s nominal)

01011 = 1:65536 (Interval 2s nominal) (Reset value)

01100 = 1:131072 (2¹⁷) (Interval 4s nominal)

01101 = 1:262144 (2¹⁸) (Interval 8s nominal)

01110 = 1:524288 (2¹⁹) (Interval 16s nominal)

01111 = 1:1048576 (2²⁰) (Interval 32s nominal)

10000 = 1:2097152 (2²¹) (Interval 64s nominal)

10001 = 1:4194304 (2²²) (Interval 128s nominal)

10010 = 1:8388608 (2²³) (Interval 256s nominal)

10011 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)

•

11111 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32)

bit 0

SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable for Watchdog Timer bit

If WDTE<1:0> = 00:

This bit is ignored.

If WDTE<1:0> = 01:

1= WDT is turned on

0= WDT is turned off

If WDTE<1:0> = 1x:

This bit is ignored.

Note 1: Times are approximate. WDT time is based on 31 kHz LFINTOSC.

DS41586A-page 81

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 9-3:

SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH WATCHDOG TIMER

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

OSCCON

PCON

—

STKOVF

—

IRCF<3:0>

—

RI

Z

SCS<1:0>

51

59

18

81

STKUNF

—

RWDT

TO

RMCLR

PD

POR

DC

BOR

C

STATUS

WDTCON

—

WDTPS<4:0>

SWDTEN

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer.

TABLE 9-4:

SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH WATCHDOG TIMER

Register

on Page

Name

Bits

Bit -/7

Bit -/6

Bit 13/5

Bit 12/4

Bit 11/3

Bit 10/2

Bit 9/1

Bit 8/0

13:8

7:0

—

CLKOUTEN

BOREN<1:0>

—

CONFIG1

40

CP

MCLRE

PWRTE

WDTE<1:0>

—

FOSC<1:0>

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 82

PIC16(L)F1507

Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write,

respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set, in

software. They are cleared by hardware at completion

of the read or write operation. The inability to clear the

WR bit in software prevents the accidental, premature

termination of a write operation.

10.0 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY

CONTROL

The Flash program memory is readable and writable

during normal operation over the VDD range specified

in the Electrical Specification. See Section 25.0

“Electrical Specifications”. Program memory is

indirectly addressed using Special Function Registers

(SFRs). The SFRs used to access program memory

are:

The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation to

occur. On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The

WRERR bit is set when a write operation is interrupted

by a Reset during normal operation. In these situations,

following Reset, the user can check the WRERR bit

and execute the appropriate error handling routine.

• PMCON1

• PMCON2

• PMDATL

• PMDATH

• PMADRL

• PMADRH

The PMCON2 register is a write-only register. Attempting

to read the PMCON2 register will return all ‘0’s.

To enable writes to the program memory, a specific

pattern (the unlock sequence), must be written to the

PMCON2 register. The required unlock sequence

prevents inadvertent writes to the program memory

write latches and Flash program memory.

When accessing the program memory, the

PMDATH:PMDATL register pair forms a 2-byte word

that holds the 14-bit data for read/write, and the

PMDATH:PMDATL register pair forms a 2-byte word

that holds the 15-bit address of the program memory

location being read.

10.2 Flash Program Memory Overview

It is important to understand the Flash program memory

structure for erase and programming operations. Flash

program memory is arranged in rows. A row consists of

a fixed number of 14-bit program memory words. A row

is the minimum size that can be erased by user software.

The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write/

erase voltages are generated by an on-chip charge

pump.

The Flash program memory can be protected in two

ways; by code protection (CP bit in Configuration Words)

and write protection (WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration

Words).

After a row has been erased, the user can reprogram

all or a portion of this row. Data to be written into the

program memory row is written to 14-bit wide data write

latches. These write latches are not directly accessible

to the user, but may be loaded via sequential writes to

the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair.

Code protection (CP = 0), disables access, reading and

writing, to the entire Flash program memory via

external device programmers. Code protection does

not affect the self-write and erase functionality. Code

protection can only be reset by a device programmer

performing a Bulk Erase to the device, clearing all

Flash program memory, Configuration bits and User

IDs.

Note:

If the user wants to modify only a portion

of a previously programmed row, then the

contents of the entire row must be read

and saved in RAM prior to the erase.

Then, new data and retained data can be

written into the write latches to reprogram

the row of Flash program memory. How-

ever, any unprogrammed locations can be

written without first erasing the row. In this

case, it is not necessary to save and

rewrite the other previously programmed

locations.

Write protection prohibits self-write and erase to a

portion or all of the Flash program memory as defined

by the bits WRT<1:0>. Write protection does not affect

a device programmers ability to read, write or erase the

device.

10.1 PMADRL and PMADRH Registers

See Table 10-1 for Erase Row size and the number of

write latches for Flash program memory.

The PMADRH:PMADRL register pair can address up

to a maximum of 16K words of program memory. When

selecting a program address value, the MSB of the

address is written to the PMADRH register and the LSB

is written to the PMADRL register.

TABLE 10-1: FLASH MEMORY

ORGANIZATION BY DEVICE

Write

Latches

(words)

Row Erase

(words)

10.1.1

PMCON1 AND PMCON2

REGISTERS

Device

PMCON1 is the control register for Flash program

memory accesses.

PIC16F1507

PIC16LF1507

16

DS41586A-page 83

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

10.2.1

READING THE FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY

FIGURE 10-1:

FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY READ

FLOWCHART

To read a program memory location, the user must:

1. Write the desired address to the

PMADRH:PMADRL register pair.

2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.

Start

Read Operation

3. Then, set control bit RD of the PMCON1 register.

Once the read control bit is set, the program memory

Flash controller will use the second instruction cycle to

read the data. This causes the second instruction

immediately following the “BSF PMCON1,RD” instruction

to be ignored. The data is available in the very next cycle,

in the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair; therefore, it can

be read as two bytes in the following instructions.

Select

Program or Configuration Memory

(CFGS)

Select

Word Address

(PMADRH:PMADRL)

PMDATH:PMDATL register pair will hold this value until

another read or until it is written to by the user.

Note:

The two instructions following a program

memory read are required to be NOPs.

This prevents the user from executing a

two-cycle instruction on the next

instruction after the RD bit is set.

Initiate Read operation

(RD = 1)

Instruction Fetched ignored

NOP execution forced

Instruction Fetched ignored

NOPexecution forced

Data read now in

PMDATH:PMDATL

End

Read Operation

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 84

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 10-2:

FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ CYCLE EXECUTION

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

PC

PC + 1

PMADRH,PMADRL

PC + 3

PC+3

PC + 4

PC + 5

Flash ADDR

Flash Data

INSTR (PC)

INSTR (PC + 1)

PMDATH,PMDATL

INSTR (PC + 3)

INSTR (PC + 4)

INSTR(PC + 1)

INSTR(PC + 2)

instruction ignored instruction ignored

BSF PMCON1,RD

executed here

INSTR(PC - 1)

executed here

INSTR(PC + 3)

executed here

INSTR(PC + 4)

executed here

Forced NOP

executed here

RD bit

PMDATH

PMDATL

Register

EXAMPLE 10-1:

FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ

* This code block will read 1 word of program

* memory at the memory address:

PROG_ADDR_HI: PROG_ADDR_LO

*

data will be returned in the variables;

PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO

BANKSEL PMADRL

; Select Bank for PMCON registers

MOVLW

MOVWF

MOVLW

MOVWF

PROG_ADDR_LO

PMADRL

PROG_ADDR_HI

PMADRH

;

; Store LSB of address

;

; Store MSB of address

BCF

BSF

NOP

PMCON1,CFGS

PMCON1,RD

; Do not select Configuration Space

; Initiate read

; Ignored (Figure 10-2)

MOVF

PMDATL,W

; Get LSB of word

MOVWF

MOVF

PROG_DATA_LO

PMDATH,W

; Store in user location

; Get MSB of word

MOVWF

PROG_DATA_HI

; Store in user location

DS41586A-page 85

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

10.2.2

FLASH MEMORY UNLOCK

SEQUENCE

FIGURE 10-3:

FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY UNLOCK

SEQUENCE FLOWCHART

The unlock sequence is a mechanism that protects the

Flash program memory from unintended self-write pro-

gramming or erasing. The sequence must be executed

and completed without interruption to successfully

complete any of the following operations:

Start

Unlock Sequence

• Row Erase

• Load program memory write latches

Write 055h to

PMCON2

• Write of program memory write latches to pro-

gram memory

• Write of program memory write latches to User

IDs

Write 0AAh to

PMCON2

The unlock sequence consists of the following steps:

1. Write 55h to PMCON2

Initiate

Write or Erase operation

(WR = 1)

2. Write AAh to PMCON2

3. Set the WR bit in PMCON1

4. NOPinstruction

5. NOPinstruction

Instruction Fetched ignored

NOPexecution forced

Once the WR bit is set, the processor will always force

two NOP instructions. When an Erase Row or Program

Row operation is being performed, the processor will stall

internal operations (typical 2 ms), until the operation is

complete and then resume with the next instruction.

When the operation is loading the program memory write

latches, the processor will always force the two NOP

instructions and continue uninterrupted with the next

instruction.

Instruction Fetched ignored

NOPexecution forced

End

Unlock Sequence

Since the unlock sequence must not be interrupted,

global interrupts should be disabled prior to the unlock

sequence and re-enabled after the unlock sequence is

completed.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 86

PIC16(L)F1507

10.2.3

ERASING FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY

FIGURE 10-4:

FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY ERASE

FLOWCHART

While executing code, program memory can only be

erased by rows. To erase a row:

1. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with

any address within the row to be erased.

Start

Erase Operation

2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.

3. Set the FREE and WREN bits of the PMCON1

register.

Disable Interrupts

4. Write 55h, then AAh, to PMCON2 (Flash

programming unlock sequence).

(GIE = 0)

5. Set control bit WR of the PMCON1 register to

begin the erase operation.

Select

Program or Configuration Memory

(CFGS)

See Example 10-2.

After the “BSF PMCON1,WR” instruction, the processor

requires two cycles to set up the erase operation. The

user must place two NOPinstructions immediately fol-

lowing the WR bit set instruction. The processor will

halt internal operations for the typical 2 ms erase time.

This is not Sleep mode as the clocks and peripherals

will continue to run. After the erase cycle, the processor

will resume operation with the third instruction after the

PMCON1 write instruction.

Select Row Address

(PMADRH:PMADRL)

Select Erase Operation

(FREE = 1)

Enable Write/Erase Operation

(WREN = 1)

Unlock Sequence

Figure 10-3

(FIGURE x x)

CPU stalls while

Erase operation completes

(2ms typical)

Disable Write/Erase Operation

(WREN = 0)

Re-enable Interrupts

(GIE = 1)

End

Erase Operation

DS41586A-page 87

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

EXAMPLE 10-2:

ERASING ONE ROW OF PROGRAM MEMORY

; This row erase routine assumes the following:

; 1. A valid address within the erase row is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL

; 2. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM)

BCF

INTCON,GIE

PMADRL

ADDRL,W

PMADRL

ADDRH,W

; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly

; Load lower 8 bits of erase address boundary

; Load upper 6 bits of erase address boundary

BANKSEL

MOVF

MOVWF

MOVF

MOVWF

BCF

PMADRH

PMCON1,CFGS

PMCON1,FREE

PMCON1,WREN

; Not configuration space

; Specify an erase operation

; Enable writes

BSF

MOVLW

MOVWF

MOVLW

MOVWF

BSF

55h

PMCON2

0AAh

PMCON2

PMCON1,WR

; Start of required sequence to initiate erase

; Write 55h

;

; Write AAh

; Set WR bit to begin erase

NOP

; NOP instructions are forced as processor starts

; row erase of program memory.

;

; The processor stalls until the erase process is complete

; after erase processor continues with 3rd instruction

BCF

BSF

PMCON1,WREN

INTCON,GIE

; Disable writes

; Enable interrupts

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 88

PIC16(L)F1507

The following steps should be completed to load the

write latches and program a row of program memory.

These steps are divided into two parts. First, each write

latch is loaded with data from the PMDATH:PMDATL

using the unlock sequence with LWLO = 1. When the

last word to be loaded into the write latch is ready, the

LWLO bit is cleared and the unlock sequence

executed. This initiates the programming operation,

writing all the latches into Flash program memory.

10.2.4

WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY

Program memory is programmed using the following

steps:

1. Load the address in PMADRH:PMADRL of the

row to be programmed.

2. Load each write latch with data.

3. Initiate a programming operation.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until all data is written.

Note:

The special unlock sequence is required

to load a write latch with data or initiate a

Flash programming operation. If the

unlock sequence is interrupted, writing to

the latches or program memory will not be

initiated.

Before writing to program memory, the word(s) to be

written must be erased or previously unwritten. Pro-

gram memory can only be erased one row at a time. No

automatic erase occurs upon the initiation of the write.

Program memory can be written one or more words at

a time. The maximum number of words written at one

time is equal to the number of write latches. See

Figure 10-5 (row writes to program memory with 16

write latches) for more details.

1. Set the WREN bit of the PMCON1 register.

2. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register.

3. Set the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register.

When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is

‘1’, the write sequence will only load the write

latches and will not initiate the write to Flash

program memory.

The write latches are aligned to the Flash row address

boundary defined by the upper 11-bits of

PMADRH:PMADRL, (PMADRH<6:0>:PMADRL<7:4>)

with the lower 4-bits of PMADRL, (PMADRL<3:0>)

determining the write latch being loaded. Write opera-

tions do not cross these boundaries. At the completion

of a program memory write operation, the data in the

write latches is reset to contain 0x3FFF.

4. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with

the address of the location to be written.

5. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with

the program memory data to be written.

6. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 10.2.2

“Flash Memory Unlock Sequence”). The write

latch is now loaded.

7. Increment the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair

to point to the next location.

8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 until all but the last

write latch has been loaded.

9. Clear the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register.

When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is

‘0’, the write sequence will initiate the write to

Flash program memory.

10. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with

the program memory data to be written.

11. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 10.2.2

“Flash Memory Unlock Sequence”). The

entire program memory latch content is now

written to Flash program memory.

Note:

The program memory write latches are

reset to the blank state (0x3FFF) at the

completion of every write or erase

operation. As a result, it is not necessary

to load all the program memory write

latches. Unloaded latches will remain in

the blank state.

An example of the complete write sequence is shown in

Example 10-3. The initial address is loaded into the

PMADRH:PMADRL register pair; the data is loaded

using indirect addressing.

DS41586A-page 89

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 10-6:

FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE FLOWCHART

Start

Write Operation

Determine number of words

to be written into Program or

Configuration Memory.

The number of words cannot

exceed the number of words

per row.

Enable Write/Erase

Operation (WREN = 1)

Load the value to write

(PMDATH:PMDATL)

(word_cnt)

Update the word counter

(word_cnt--)

Write Latches to Flash

Disable Interrupts

(LWLO = 0)

(GIE = 0)

Unlock Sequence

(Figure x-x)

Figure 10-3

Select

Program or Config. Memory

(CFGS)

Yes

Last word to

write ?

CPU stalls while Write

operation completes

(2ms typical)

No

Select Row Address

(PMADRH:PMADRL)

Unlock Sequence

(Figure x-x)

Figure 10-3

Select Write Operation

(FREE = 0)

Disable

Write/Erase Operation

(WREN = 0)

No delay when writing to

Program Memory Latches

Load Write Latches Only

(LWLO = 1)

Re-enable Interrupts

(GIE = 1)

Increment Address

(PMADRH:PMADRL++)

End

Write Operation

DS41586A-page 91

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

EXAMPLE 10-3:

WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY

; This write routine assumes the following:

; 1. 32 bytes of data are loaded, starting at the address in DATA_ADDR

; 2. Each word of data to be written is made up of two adjacent bytes in DATA_ADDR,

; stored in little endian format

; 3. A valid starting address (the least significant bits = 00000) is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL

; 4. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM)

;

BCF

INTCON,GIE

PMADRH

ADDRH,W

PMADRH

ADDRL,W

PMADRL

; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly

; Bank 3

; Load initial address

;

BANKSEL

MOVF

MOVWF

MOVF

MOVWF

MOVLW

MOVWF

MOVLW

MOVWF

BCF

LOW DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address

FSR0L

HIGH DATA_ADDR ; Load initial data address

;

FSR0H

;

PMCON1,CFGS

PMCON1,WREN

PMCON1,LWLO

; Not configuration space

; Enable writes

; Only Load Write Latches

BSF

LOOP

MOVIW

MOVWF

MOVIW

MOVWF

FSR0++

PMDATL

FSR0++

PMDATH

; Load first data byte into lower

;

; Load second data byte into upper

;

MOVF

PMADRL,W

0x0F

STATUS,Z

START_WRITE

; Check if lower bits of address are '00000'

; Check if we're on the last of 16 addresses

;

; Exit if last of 16 words,

;

XORLW

ANDLW

BTFSC

GOTO

MOVLW

MOVWF

MOVLW

MOVWF

BSF

55h

PMCON2

0AAh

PMCON2

PMCON1,WR

; Start of required write sequence:

; Write 55h

;

; Write AAh

; Set WR bit to begin write

; NOP instructions are forced as processor

; loads program memory write latches

;

NOP

INCF

GOTO

PMADRL,F

LOOP

; Still loading latches Increment address

; Write next latches

START_WRITE

BCF

PMCON1,LWLO

; No more loading latches - Actually start Flash program

; memory write

MOVLW

55h

PMCON2

0AAh

PMCON2

PMCON1,WR

; Start of required write sequence:

; Write 55h

;

MOVWF

MOVLW

MOVWF

BSF

; Write AAh

; Set WR bit to begin write

; NOP instructions are forced as processor writes

; all the program memory write latches simultaneously

; to program memory.

NOP

; After NOPs, the processor

; stalls until the self-write process in complete

; after write processor continues with 3rd instruction

; Disable writes

BCF

BSF

PMCON1,WREN

INTCON,GIE

; Enable interrupts

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 92

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 10-7:

FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY MODIFY

FLOWCHART

10.3 Modifying Flash Program Memory

When modifying existing data in a program memory

row, and data within that row must be preserved, it must

first be read and saved in a RAM image. Program

memory is modified using the following steps:

Start

Modify Operation

1. Load the starting address of the row to be

modified.

2. Read the existing data from the row into a RAM

image.

Read Operation

(Figure x.x)

Figure 10-2

3. Modify the RAM image to contain the new data

to be written into program memory.

4. Load the starting address of the row to be

rewritten.

An image of the entire row read

must be stored in RAM

5. Erase the program memory row.

6. Load the write latches with data from the RAM

image.

7. Initiate a programming operation.

Modify Image

The words to be modified are

changed in the RAM image

Erase Operation

(Figure x.x)

Figure 10-4

Write Operation

use RAM image

(Figure x.x)

Figure 10-5

End

Modify Operation

DS41586A-page 93

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

10.4 User ID, Device ID and

Configuration Word Access

Instead of accessing program memory, the User ID’s,

Device ID/Revision ID and Configuration Words can be

accessed when CFGS = 1 in the PMCON1 register.

This is the region that would be pointed to by

PC<15> = 1, but not all addresses are accessible.

Different access may exist for reads and writes. Refer

to Table 10-2.

When read access is initiated on an address outside

the

parameters

listed

in

Table 10-2,

the

PMDATH:PMDATL register pair is cleared, reading

back ‘0’s.

TABLE 10-2: USER ID, DEVICE ID AND CONFIGURATION WORD ACCESS (CFGS = 1)

Address

Function

Read Access

Write Access

8000h-8003h

8006h

User IDs

Yes

No

Device ID/Revision ID

Configuration Words 1 and 2

8007h-8008h

EXAMPLE 10-4:

CONFIGURATION WORD AND DEVICE ID ACCESS

* This code block will read 1 word of program memory at the memory address:

*

PROG_ADDR_LO (must be 00h-08h) data will be returned in the variables;

PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO

BANKSEL PMADRL

; Select correct Bank

;

; Store LSB of address

; Clear MSB of address

MOVLW

MOVWF

CLRF

PROG_ADDR_LO

PMADRL

PMADRH

BSF

BCF

BSF

NOP

BSF

PMCON1,CFGS

INTCON,GIE

PMCON1,RD

; Select Configuration Space

; Disable interrupts

; Initiate read

; Executed (See Figure 10-2)

; Ignored (See Figure 10-2)

; Restore interrupts

INTCON,GIE

MOVF

PMDATL,W

; Get LSB of word

MOVWF

MOVF

PROG_DATA_LO

PMDATH,W

; Store in user location

; Get MSB of word

MOVWF

PROG_DATA_HI

; Store in user location

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 94

PIC16(L)F1507

10.5 Write Verify

It is considered good programming practice to verify that

program memory writes agree with the intended value.

Since program memory is stored as a full page then the

stored program memory contents are compared with the

intended data stored in RAM after the last write is

complete.

FIGURE 10-8:

FLASH PROGRAM

MEMORY VERIFY

FLOWCHART

Start

Verify Operation

This routine assumes that the last row

of data written was from an image

saved in RAM. This image will be used

to verify the data currently stored in

Flash Program Memory.

Read Operation

(Figure x.x)

Figure 10-2

PMDAT =

RAM image

?

No

Fail

Verify Operation

Yes

No

Last

Word ?

Yes

End

Verify Operation

DS41586A-page 95

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

10.6 Flash Program Memory Control Registers

REGISTER 10-1: PMDATL: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA LOW BYTE REGISTER

R/W-x/u

PMDAT<7:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-0

PMDAT<7:0>: Read/write value for Least Significant bits of program memory

REGISTER 10-2: PMDATH: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA HIGH BYTE REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

PMDAT<13:8>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

PMDAT<13:8>: Read/write value for Most Significant bits of program memory

REGISTER 10-3: PMADRL: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER

R/W-0/0

PMADR<7:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-0

PMADR<7:0>: Specifies the Least Significant bits for program memory address

REGISTER 10-4: PMADRH: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER

U-1

—

R/W-0/0

PMADR<14:8>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

PMADR<14:8>: Specifies the Most Significant bits for program memory address

bit 6-0

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 96

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 10-5: PMCON1: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 1 REGISTER

U-1⁽¹⁾

—

R/W-0/0

CFGS

R/W-0/0

LWLO

R/W/HC-0/0

FREE

R/W/HC-x/q

WRERR

R/W-0/0

WREN

R/S/HC-0/0

WR

R/S/HC-0/0

RD

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

S = Bit can only be set

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

HC = Bit is cleared by hardware

bit 7

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

CFGS: Configuration Select bit

1= Access Configuration, User ID and Device ID Registers

0= Access Flash program memory

bit 5

LWLO: Load Write Latches Only bit⁽³⁾

1= Only the addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated on the next WR command

0= The addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated and a write of all program memory write latches

will be initiated on the next WR command

bit 4

bit 3

FREE: Program Flash Erase Enable bit

1= Performs an erase operation on the next WR command (hardware cleared upon completion)

0= Performs an write operation on the next WR command

WRERR: Program/Erase Error Flag bit⁽²⁾

1= Condition indicates an improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination (bit is set automatically

on any set attempt (write ‘1’) of the WR bit).

0= The program or erase operation completed normally

bit 2

bit 1

WREN: Program/Erase Enable bit

1= Allows program/erase cycles

0= Inhibits programming/erasing of program Flash

WR: Write Control bit

1= Initiates a program Flash program/erase operation.

The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once operation is complete.

The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.

0= Program/erase operation to the Flash is complete and inactive

bit 0

RD: Read Control bit

1= Initiates a program Flash read. Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set

(not cleared) in software.

0= Does not initiate a program Flash read

Note 1: Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’.

2: The WRERR bit is automatically set by hardware when a program memory write or erase operation is started (WR = 1).

3: The LWLO bit is ignored during a program memory erase operation (FREE = 1).

DS41586A-page 97

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 10-6: PMCON2: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 2 REGISTER

W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0

Program Memory Control Register 2

W-0/0

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

S = Bit can only be set

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7-0

Flash memory Unlock Pattern bits

To unlock writes, a 55h must be written first, followed by an AAh, before setting the WR bit of the

PMCON1 register. The value written to this register is used to unlock the writes. There are specific

timing requirements on these writes.

TABLE 10-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY

Register on

Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

PMCON1

PMCON2

PMADRL

CFGS

LWLO

FREE

WRERR

WREN

WR

RD

—

97

98

96

66

Program Memory Control Register 2

PMADRL<7:0>

PMADRH

PMDATL

—

PMADRH<6:0>

PMDATL<7:0>

PMDATH

INTCON

Legend:

—

PMDATH<5:0>

GIE

PEIE

TMR0IE

INTE

IOCIE

TMR0IF

INTF

IOCIF

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory module.

TABLE 10-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY

Register

on Page

Name

Bits

Bit -/7

Bit -/6

Bit 13/5

Bit 12/4

Bit 11/3

Bit 10/2

Bit 9/1

Bit 8/0

13:8

7:0

—

CP

—

MCLRE

—

PWRTE

LVP

—

CLKOUTEN

BOREN<1:0>

—

CONFIG1

40

41

WDTE<1:0>

—

BORV

—

FOSC<1:0>

13:8

7:0

—

LPBOR

—

STVREN

WRT<1:0>

—

CONFIG2

—

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 98

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 11-1:

GENERIC I/O PORT

OPERATION

11.0 I/O PORTS

Each port has three standard registers for its operation.

These registers are:

• TRISx registers (data direction)

Read LATx

• PORTx registers (reads the levels on the pins of

the device)

TRISx

D

Q

• LATx registers (output latch)

Write LATx

Write PORTx

Some ports may have one or more of the following

additional registers. These registers are:

CK

Data Register

VDD

• ANSELx (analog select)

• WPUx (weak pull-up)

Data Bus

Read PORTx

To peripherals

In general, when a peripheral is enabled on a port pin,

that pin cannot be used as a general purpose output.

However, the pin can still be read.

I/O pin

VSS

ANSELx

TABLE 11-1: PORT AVAILABILITY PER

DEVICE

Device

PIC16(L)F1507

●

The Data Latch (LATx registers) is useful for

read-modify-write operations on the value that the I/O

pins are driving.

A write operation to the LATx register has the same

effect as a write to the corresponding PORTx register.

A read of the LATx register reads of the values held in

the I/O PORT latches, while a read of the PORTx

register reads the actual I/O pin value.

Ports that support analog inputs have an associated

ANSELx register. When an ANSEL bit is set, the digital

input buffer associated with that bit is disabled.

Disabling the input buffer prevents analog signal levels

on the pin between a logic high and low from causing

excessive current in the logic input circuitry. A

simplified model of a generic I/O port, without the

interfaces to other peripherals, is shown in Figure 11-1.

DS41586A-page 99

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

11.1 Alternate Pin Function

The Alternate Pin Function Control register is used to

steer specific peripheral input and output functions

between different pins. The APFCON register is shown

in Register 11-1. For this device family, the following

functions can be moved between different pins.

• CLC1

• NCO1

These bits have no effect on the values of any TRIS

register. PORT and TRIS overrides will be routed to the

correct pin. The unselected pin will be unaffected.

REGISTER 11-1: APFCON: ALTERNATE PIN FUNCTION CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

CLC1SEL

NCO1SEL

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CLC1SEL: Pin Selection bit

1= CLC1 function is on RC5

0= CLC1 function is on RA2

bit 0

NCO1SEL: Pin Selection bit

1= NCO1 function is on RC6

0= NCO1 function is on RC1

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 100

PIC16(L)F1507

11.2.2

PORTA FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT

PRIORITIES

11.2 PORTA Registers

PORTA is a 6-bit wide, bidirectional port. The

corresponding data direction register is TRISA

(Register 11-3). Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the

corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., disable the

output driver). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the

corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., enables

output driver and puts the contents of the output latch

on the selected pin). The exception is RA3, which is

input only and its TRIS bit will always read as ‘1’.

Example 11-1 shows how to initialize an I/O port.

Each PORTA pin is multiplexed with other functions. The

pins, their combined functions and their output priorities

are shown in Table 11-2.

When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin

control goes to the peripheral with the highest priority.

Analog input functions, such as ADC and comparator

inputs, are not shown in the priority lists. These inputs

are active when the I/O pin is set for Analog mode using

the ANSELx registers. Digital output functions may

control the pin when it is in Analog mode with the

priority shown below in Table 11-2.

Reading the PORTA register (Register 11-2) reads the

status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the

PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write

operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the

port pins are read, this value is modified and then

written to the PORT data latch (LATA).

TABLE 11-2: PORTA OUTPUT PRIORITY

(1)

Pin Name

Function Priority

The TRISA register (Register 11-3) controls the

PORTA pin output drivers, even when they are being

used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits

in the TRISA register are maintained set when using

them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog

input always read ‘0’.

RA0

ICSPDAT

RA0

RA1

RA2

RA1

CLC1⁽²⁾

PWM3

RA2

RA3

RA4

None

CLKOUT

RA4

11.2.1

ANSELA REGISTER

The ANSELA register (Register 11-5) is used to

configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.

Setting the appropriate ANSELA bit high will cause all

digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow

analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.

RA5

Note 1: Priority listed from highest to lowest.

2: Default pin (see APFCON register).

The state of the ANSELA bits has no effect on digital

output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set

will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode

will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior

when executing read-modify-write instructions on the

affected port.

Note:

The ANSELA bits default to the Analog

mode after Reset. To use any pins as

digital general purpose or peripheral

inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits

must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.

EXAMPLE 11-1:

INITIALIZING PORTA

BANKSEL PORTA

;

CLRF

BANKSEL LATA

CLRF LATA

BANKSEL ANSELA

CLRF ANSELA

BANKSEL TRISA

PORTA

;Init PORTA

;Data Latch

;

;digital I/O

;

MOVLW

MOVWF

B'00111000' ;Set RA<5:3> as inputs

TRISA

;and set RA<2:0> as

;outputs

DS41586A-page 101

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 11-2: PORTA: PORTA REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-x/x

RA5

R/W-x/x

RA4

R-x/x

RA3

R/W-x/x

RA2

R/W-x/x

RA1

R/W-x/x

RA0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RA<5:0>: PORTA I/O Value bits⁽¹⁾

1= Port pin is > VIH

0= Port pin is < VIL

Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return

of actual I/O pin values.

REGISTER 11-3: TRISA: PORTA TRI-STATE REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1/1

TRISA5

R/W-1/1

TRISA4

U-1

R/W-1/1

TRISA2

R/W-1/1

TRISA1

R/W-1/1

TRISA0

(1)

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TRISA<5:4>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit

1= PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)

0= PORTA pin configured as an output

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’

bit 2-0

TRISA<2:0>: PORTA Tri-State Control bit

1= PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated)

0= PORTA pin configured as an output

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 102

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 11-4: LATA: PORTA DATA LATCH REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

LATA5

R/W-x/u

LATA4

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

LATA2

R/W-x/u

LATA1

R/W-x/u

LATA0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

LATA<5:4>: RA<5:4> Output Latch Value bits⁽¹⁾

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

LATA<2:0>: RA<2:0> Output Latch Value bits⁽¹⁾

Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is return

of actual I/O pin values.

REGISTER 11-5: ANSELA: PORTA ANALOG SELECT REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1/1

ANSA4

U-0

—

R/W-1/1

ANSA2

R/W-1/1

ANSA1

R/W-1/1

ANSA0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ANSA4: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA4, respectively

1= Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input⁽¹⁾. Digital input buffer disabled.

0= Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

ANSA<2:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA<2:0>, respectively

1= Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input⁽¹⁾. Digital input buffer disabled.

0= Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.

Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to

allow external control of the voltage on the pin.

DS41586A-page 103

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 11-6: WPUA: WEAK PULL-UP PORTA REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1/1

WPUA5

R/W-1/1

WPUA4

R/W-1/1

WPUA3

R/W-1/1

WPUA2

R/W-1/1

WPUA1

R/W-1/1

WPUA0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

WPUA<5:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits⁽³⁾

1= Pull-up enabled

0= Pull-up disabled

Note 1: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled.

2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in configured as an output.

3: For the WPUA3 bit, when MCLRE = 1, weak pull-up is internally enabled, but not reported here.

TABLE 11-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

ANSELA

—

ANSA4

—

ANSA2

—

ANSA1

ANSA0

103

100

103

137

102

104

APFCON

LATA

CLC1SEL NCO1SEL

—

LATA5

TMR0CS

RA5

LATA4

TMR0SE

RA4

—

LATA2

LATA1

PS<2:0>

RA1

LATA0

OPTION_REG

PORTA

WPUEN

—

INTEDG

—

PSA

RA3

RA2

RA0

(1)

TRISA

—

TRISA5

WPUA5

TRISA4

WPUA4

—

TRISA2

WPUA2

TRISA1

WPUA1

TRISA0

WPUA0

WPUA

—

WPUA3

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

TABLE 11-4: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH PORTA

Register

on Page

Name

Bits

Bit -/7

Bit -/6

Bit 13/5

Bit 12/4

Bit 11/3

Bit 10/2

Bit 9/1

Bit 8/0

13:8

7:0

—

CLKOUTEN

BOREN<1:0>

—

CONFIG1

40

CP

MCLRE

PWRTE

WDTE<1:0>

—

FOSC<1:0>

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 104

PIC16(L)F1507

11.3.2

PORTB FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT

PRIORITIES

11.3 PORTB Registers

PORTB is

a 4-bit wide, bidirectional port. The

Each PORTB pin is multiplexed with other functions. The

pins, their combined functions and their output priorities

are shown in Table 11-5.

corresponding data direction register is TRISB

(Register 11-8). Setting a TRISB bit (= 1) will make the

corresponding PORTB pin an input (i.e., put the

corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode).

Clearing a TRISB bit (= 0) will make the corresponding

PORTB pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and

put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).

Example 11-1 shows how to initialize an I/O port.

When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin

control goes to the peripheral with the highest priority.

Analog input and some digital input functions are not

included in the output priority list. These input functions

can remain active when the pin is configured as an

output. Certain digital input functions override other

port functions and are included in the output priority list.

Reading the PORTB register (Register 11-7) reads the

status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the

PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write

operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the

port pins are read, this value is modified and then written

to the PORT data latch (LATB).

TABLE 11-5: PORTB OUTPUT PRIORITY

(1)

Pin Name

Function Priority

The TRISB register (Register 11-8) controls the PORTB

pin output drivers, even when they are being used as

analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the

TRISB register are maintained set when using them as

analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always

read ‘0’.

RB4

RB5

RB6

RB7

RB4

RB5

RB6

RB7

Note 1: Priority listed from highest to lowest.

2: Default pin (see APFCON register).

11.3.1

ANSELB REGISTER

The ANSELB register (Register 11-10) is used to

configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.

Setting the appropriate ANSELB bit high will cause all

digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow

analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.

The state of the ANSELB bits has no effect on digital out-

put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELB set will

still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be

analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-

cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected

port.

Note:

The ANSELB bits default to the Analog

mode after Reset. To use any pins as

digital general purpose or peripheral

inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits

must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.

DS41586A-page 105

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 11-7: PORTB: PORTB REGISTER

R/W-x/u

RB7

R/W-x/u

RB6

R/W-x/u

RB5

R/W-x/u

RB4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-4

bit 3-0

RB<7:4>: PORTB General Purpose I/O Pin bits

1= Port pin is > VIH

0= Port pin is < VIL

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

REGISTER 11-8: TRISB: PORTB TRI-STATE REGISTER

R/W-1/1

TRISB7

R/W-1/1

TRISB6

R/W-1/1

TRISB5

R/W-1/1

TRISB4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-4

bit 3-0

TRISB<7:4>: PORTB Tri-State Control bits

1= PORTB pin configured as an input (tri-stated)

0= PORTB pin configured as an output

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

REGISTER 11-9: LATB: PORTB DATA LATCH REGISTER

R/W-x/u

LATB7

R/W-x/u

LATB6

R/W-x/u

LATB5

R/W-x/u

LATB4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-4

bit 3-0

LATB<7:4>: PORTB Output Latch Value bits⁽¹⁾

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

Note 1: Writes to PORTB are actually written to corresponding LATB register. Reads from PORTB register is

return of actual I/O pin values.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 106

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 11-10: ANSELB: PORTB ANALOG SELECT REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1/1

ANSB5

R/W-1/1

ANSB4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ANSB<5:4>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RB<5:4>, respectively

1= Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input⁽¹⁾. Digital input buffer disabled.

0= Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to

allow external control of the voltage on the pin.

REGISTER 11-11: WPUB: WEAK PULL-UP PORTB REGISTER

R/W-1/1

WPUB7

R/W-1/1

WPUB6

R/W-1/1

WPUB5

R/W-1/1

WPUB4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-4

WPUB<7:4>: Weak Pull-up Register bits

1= Pull-up enabled

0= Pull-up disabled

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

Note 1: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled.

2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in configured as an output.

TABLE 11-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

ANSELB

LATB

—

ANSB5

LATB5

RB5

ANSB4

LATB4

RB4

—

107

106

107

LATB7

RB7

LATB6

RB6

PORTB

TRISB

TRISB7

WPUB7

TRISB6

WPUB6

TRISB5

WPUB5

TRISB4

WPUB4

WPUB

Legend:

x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by

PORTB.

DS41586A-page 107

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

11.4.2

PORTC FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT

PRIORITIES

11.4 PORTC Registers

PORTC is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The

corresponding data direction register is TRISC

(Register 11-8). Setting a TRISC bit (= 1) will make the

corresponding PORTC pin an input (i.e., put the

corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance

mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0) will make the

corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e., enable the

output driver and put the contents of the output latch

on the selected pin). Example 11-1 shows how to

initialize an I/O port.

Each PORTC pin is multiplexed with other functions. The

pins, their combined functions and their output priorities

are shown in Table 11-7.

When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin

control goes to the peripheral with the highest priority.

Analog input and some digital input functions are not

included in the output priority list. These input functions

can remain active when the pin is configured as an

output. Certain digital input functions override other

port functions and are included in the output priority list.

Reading the PORTC register (Register 11-7) reads the

status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the

PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write

operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the

port pins are read, this value is modified and then written

to the PORT data latch (LATC).

TABLE 11-7: PORTC OUTPUT PRIORITY

Pin Name

Function Priority⁽¹⁾

RC0

CLC2

RC0

The TRISC register (Register 11-8) controls the PORTC

pin output drivers, even when they are being used as

analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the

TRISC register are maintained set when using them as

analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always

read ‘0’.

RC1

NCO1⁽²⁾

PWM4

RC1

RC2

RC3

RC2

PWM2

RC3

11.4.1

ANSELC REGISTER

The ANSELC register (Register 11-10) is used to

configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog.

Setting the appropriate ANSELC bit high will cause all

digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow

analog functions on the pin to operate correctly.

RC4

RC5

CWG1B

RC4

CWG1A

CLC1⁽³⁾

PWM1

RC5

NCO1⁽³⁾

RC6

The state of the ANSELC bits has no effect on digital out-

put functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELC set will

still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be

analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when exe-

cuting read-modify-write instructions on the affected

port.

RC6

RC7

Note 1: Priority listed from highest to lowest.

2: Default pin (see APFCON register).

3: Alternate pin (see APFCON register).

Note:

The ANSELC bits default to the Analog

mode after Reset. To use any pins as

digital general purpose or peripheral

inputs, the corresponding ANSEL bits

must be initialized to ‘0’ by user software.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 108

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 11-12: PORTC: PORTC REGISTER

R/W-x/u

RC7

R/W-x/u

RC6

R/W-x/u

RC5

R/W-x/u

RC4

R/W-x/u

RC3

R/W-x/u

RC2

R/W-x/u

RC1

R/W-x/u

RC0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

RC<7:0>: PORTC General Purpose I/O Pin bits

1= Port pin is > VIH

0= Port pin is < VIL

REGISTER 11-13: TRISC: PORTC TRI-STATE REGISTER

R/W-1/1

TRISC7

R/W-1/1

TRISC6

R/W-1/1

TRISC5

R/W-1/1

TRISC4

R/W-1/1

TRISC3

R/W-1/1

TRISC2

R/W-1/1

TRISC1

R/W-1/1

TRISC0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

TRISC<7:0>: PORTC Tri-State Control bits

1= PORTC pin configured as an input (tri-stated)

0= PORTC pin configured as an output

REGISTER 11-14: LATC: PORTC DATA LATCH REGISTER

R/W-x/u

LATC7

R/W-x/u

LATC6

R/W-x/u

LATC5

R/W-x/u

LATC4

R/W-x/u

LATC3

R/W-x/u

LATC2

R/W-x/u

LATC1

R/W-x/u

LATC0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

LATC<7:0>: PORTC Output Latch Value bits⁽¹⁾

Note 1: Writes to PORTC are actually written to corresponding LATC register. Reads from PORTC register is

return of actual I/O pin values.

DS41586A-page 109

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 11-15: ANSELC: PORTC ANALOG SELECT REGISTER

R/W-1/1

ANSC7

R/W-1/1

ANSC6

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1/1

ANSC3

R/W-1/1

ANSC2

R/W-1/1

ANSC1

R/W-1/1

ANSC0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7-6

ANSC<7:6>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RC<3:0>, respectively

1= Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input⁽¹⁾. Digital input buffer disabled.

0= Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.

bit 5-4

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ANSC<3:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RC<3:0>, respectively

1= Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input⁽¹⁾. Digital input buffer disabled.

0= Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function.

Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to

allow external control of the voltage on the pin.

REGISTER 11-16: WPUC: WEAK PULL-UP PORTC REGISTER

R/W-1/1

WPUC7

R/W-1/1

WPUC6

R/W-1/1

WPUC5

R/W-1/1

WPUC4

R/W-1/1

WPUC3

R/W-1/1

WPUC2

R/W-1/1

WPUC1

R/W-1/1

WPUC0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

WPUC<7:0>: Weak Pull-Up Register bits^{(1, 2)}

1= Pull-up enabled

0= Pull-up disabled

Note 1: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled.

2: The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in configured as an output.

TABLE 11-8: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

ANSELC

LATC

ANSC7

LATC7

RC7

ANSC6

LATC6

RC6

—

ANSC3

LATC3

RC3

ANSC2

LATC2

RC2

ANSC1

LATC1

RC1

ANSC0

LATC0

RC0

107

106

107

LATC5

RC5

LATC4

RC4

PORTC

TRISC

TRISC7

WPUC7

TRISC6

WPUC6

TRISC5

WPUC5

TRISC4

WPUC4

TRISC3

WPUC3

TRISC2

WPUC2

TRISC1

WPUC1

TRISC0

WPUC0

WPUC

Legend:

x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTC.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 110

PIC16(L)F1507

12.3 Interrupt Flags

12.0 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE

The IOCAFx and IOCBFx bits located in the IOCAF and

IOCBF registers, respectively, are status flags that

correspond to the interrupt-on-change pins of the

associated port. If an expected edge is detected on an

appropriately enabled pin, then the status flag for that pin

will be set, and an interrupt will be generated if the IOCIE

bit is set. The IOCIF bit of the INTCON register reflects

the status of all IOCAFx and IOCBFx bits.

The PORTA and PORTB pins can be configured to

operate as Interrupt-On-Change (IOC) pins. An interrupt

can be generated by detecting a signal that has either a

rising edge or a falling edge. Any individual port pin, or

combination of port pins, can be configured to generate

an interrupt. The interrupt-on-change module has the

following features:

• Interrupt-on-Change enable (Master Switch)

• Individual pin configuration

12.4 Clearing Interrupt Flags

• Rising and falling edge detection

• Individual pin interrupt flags

The individual status flags, (IOCAFx and IOCBFx bits),

can be cleared by resetting them to zero. If another edge

is detected during this clearing operation, the associated

status flag will be set at the end of the sequence,

regardless of the value actually being written.

Figure 12-1 is a block diagram of the IOC module.

12.1 Enabling the Module

To allow individual port pins to generate an interrupt, the

IOCIE bit of the INTCON register must be set. If the

IOCIE bit is disabled, the edge detection on the pin will

still occur, but an interrupt will not be generated.

In order to ensure that no detected edge is lost while

clearing flags, only AND operations masking out known

changed bits should be performed. The following

sequence is an example of what should be performed.

EXAMPLE 12-1:

CLEARING INTERRUPT

FLAGS

(PORTA EXAMPLE)

12.2 Individual Pin Configuration

For each port pin, a rising edge detector and a falling

edge detector are present. To enable a pin to detect a

rising edge, the associated bit of the IOCxP register is

set. To enable a pin to detect a falling edge, the

associated bit of the IOCxN register is set.

MOVLW 0xff

XORWF IOCAF, W

ANDWF IOCAF, F

A pin can be configured to detect rising and falling

edges simultaneously by setting both associated bits of

the IOCxP and IOCxN registers, respectively.

12.5 Operation in Sleep

The interrupt-on-change interrupt sequence will wake

the device from Sleep mode, if the IOCIE bit is set.

If an edge is detected while in Sleep mode, the IOCxF

register will be updated prior to the first instruction

executed out of Sleep.

DS41586A-page 111

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 12-1:

INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE BLOCK DIAGRAM (PORTB EXAMPLE)

Q4Q1

IOCBNx

D

Q

CK

Edge

Detect

R

RBx

Data Bus =

0 or 1

S

To Data Bus

IOCBFx

IOCBPx

D

Q

Write IOCBFx

CK

IOCIE

R

Q2

From all other

IOCBFx individual

Pin Detectors

IOC interrupt

to CPU core

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q4Q1

Q4

Q4Q1

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 112

PIC16(L)F1507

12.6 Interrupt-On-Change Registers

REGISTER 12-1: IOCAP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

IOCAP5

R/W-0/0

IOCAP4

R/W-0/0

IOCAP3

R/W-0/0

IOCAP2

R/W-0/0

IOCAP1

R/W-0/0

IOCAP0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IOCAP<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Positive Edge Enable bits

1= Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will be set

upon detecting an edge.

0= Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.

REGISTER 12-2: IOCAN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

IOCAN5

R/W-0/0

IOCAN4

R/W-0/0

IOCAN3

R/W-0/0

IOCAN2

R/W-0/0

IOCAN1

R/W-0/0

IOCAN0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IOCAN<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Negative Edge Enable bits

1= Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. IOCAFx bit and IOCIF flag will be set

upon detecting an edge.

0= Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.

REGISTER 12-3: IOCAF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTA FLAG REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W/HS-0/0

IOCAF5

R/W/HS-0/0

IOCAF4

R/W/HS-0/0

IOCAF3

R/W/HS-0/0

IOCAF2

R/W/HS-0/0

IOCAF1

R/W/HS-0/0

IOCAF0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

HS - Bit is set in hardware

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IOCAF<5:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Flag bits

1= An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.

Set when IOCAPx = 1and a rising edge was detected on RAx, or when IOCANx = 1and a falling edge was

detected on RAx.

0= No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.

DS41586A-page 113

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 12-4: IOCBP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER

R/W-0/0

IOCBP7

R/W-0/0

IOCBP6

R/W-0/0

IOCBP5

R/W-0/0

IOCBP4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7-4

IOCBP<7:4>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Positive Edge Enable bits

1= Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. IOCBFx bit and IOCIF flag will be

set upon detecting an edge.

0= Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

REGISTER 12-5: IOCBN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER

R/W-0/0

IOCBN7

R/W-0/0

IOCBN6

R/W-0/0

IOCBN5

R/W-0/0

IOCBN4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-4

IOCBN<7:4>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Negative Edge Enable bits

1= Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. IOCBFx bit and IOCIF flag will be

set upon detecting an edge.

0= Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin.

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

REGISTER 12-6: IOCBF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB FLAG REGISTER

R/W-0/0

IOCBF7

R/W-0/0

IOCBF6

R/W-0/0

IOCBF5

R/W-0/0

IOCBF4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

HS - Bit is set in hardware

bit 7-4

bit 5-0

IOCBF<7:4>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Flag bits

1= An enabled change was detected on the associated pin.

Set when IOCBPx = 1and a rising edge was detected on RAx, or when IOCANx = 1and a falling edge

was detected on RBx.

0= No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change.

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 114

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 12-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

ANSELA

—

ANSA4

ANSB4

INTE

—

ANSA2

—

ANSA1

—

ANSA0

—

103

107

66

ANSELB

INTCON

IOCAF

IOCAN

IOCAP

IOCBF

IOCBN

IOCBP

TRISA

ANSB5

TMR0IE

IOCAF5

IOCAN5

IOCAP5

IOCBF5

IOCBN5

IOCBP5

TRISA5

TRISB5

GIE

PEIE

—

IOCIE

IOCAF3

IOCAN3

IOCAP3

—

TMR0IF

IOCAF2

IOCAN2

IOCAP2

—

INTF

IOCAF1

IOCAN1

IOCAP1

—

IOCIF

IOCAF0

IOCAN0

IOCAP0

—

IOCAF4

IOCAN4

IOCAP4

IOCBF4

IOCBN4

IOCBP4

TRISA4

TRISB4

113

114

102

106

—

IOCBF7

IOCBN7

IOCBP7

—

IOCBF6

IOCBN6

IOCBP6

—

—(1)

—

TRISA2

—

TRISA1

—

TRISA0

—

TRISB

TRISB7

TRISB6

—

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by interrupt-on-change.

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

DS41586A-page 115

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 116

PIC16(L)F1507

13.1 Independent Gain Amplifier

13.0 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE

(FVR)

The output of the FVR supplied to the ADC is routed

through a programmable gain amplifier. The amplifier

can be programmed for a gain of 1x, 2x or 4x, to

produce the three possible voltage levels.

The Fixed Voltage Reference, or FVR, is a stable

voltage reference, independent of VDD, with 1.024V,

2.048V or 4.096V selectable output levels. The output

of the FVR can be configured to supply a reference

voltage to the following:

The ADFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are

used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings

for the reference supplied to the ADC module. Refer-

ence Section 15.0 “Analog-to-Digital Converter

(ADC) Module” for additional information.

• ADC input channel

The FVR can be enabled by setting the FVREN bit of

the FVRCON register.

13.2 FVR Stabilization Period

When the Fixed Voltage Reference module is enabled, it

requires time for the reference and amplifier circuits to

stabilize. Once the circuits stabilize and are ready for use,

the FVRRDY bit of the FVRCON register will be set. See

Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for the

minimum delay requirement.

FIGURE 13-1:

VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM

ADFVR<1:0>

2

x1

x2

x4

FVR BUFFER1

(To ADC Module)

1.024V Fixed

Reference

+

-

FVREN

FVRRDY

Any peripheral requiring

the Fixed Reference

(See Table 13-1)

TABLE 13-1: PERIPHERALS REQUIRING THE FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE (FVR)

Peripheral

Conditions

Description

HFINTOSC

FOSC<1:0> = 00and

INTOSC is active and device is not in Sleep.

IRCF<3:0> = 000x

BOREN<1:0> = 11

BOR always enabled.

BOR

LDO

BOREN<1:0> = 10and BORFS = 1

BOREN<1:0> = 01and BORFS = 1

BOR disabled in Sleep mode, BOR Fast Start enabled.

BOR under software control, BOR Fast Start enabled.

All PIC16F1507 devices, when

VREGPM = 1and not in Sleep

The device runs off of the Low-Power Regulator when in

Sleep mode.

DS41586A-page 117

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

13.3 FVR Control Registers

REGISTER 13-1: FVRCON: FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0

FVREN

R-q/q

FVRRDY⁽¹⁾

R/W-0/0

TSEN

R/W-0/0

TSRNG

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

ADFVR<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

FVREN: Fixed Voltage Reference Enable bit

1= Fixed Voltage Reference is enabled

0= Fixed Voltage Reference is disabled

FVRRDY: Fixed Voltage Reference Ready Flag bit⁽¹⁾

1= Fixed Voltage Reference output is ready for use

0= Fixed Voltage Reference output is not ready or not enabled

TSEN: Temperature Indicator Enable bit

1= Temperature Indicator is enabled

0= Temperature Indicator is disabled

TSRNG: Temperature Indicator Range Selection bit

1= VOUT = VDD - 4VT (High Range)

0= VOUT = VDD - 2VT (Low Range)

bit 3-2

bit 1-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ADFVR<1:0>: ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Selection bit

11= ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 4x (4.096V)⁽²⁾

10= ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 2x (2.048V)⁽²⁾

01= ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 1x (1.024V)

00= ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is off

Note 1: FVRRDY is always ‘1’ for the PIC16F1507 devices.

2: Fixed Voltage Reference output cannot exceed VDD.

TABLE 13-2: SUMMARYOF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE

Register

on page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

FVRCON

FVREN

FVRRDY

TSEN

TSRNG

—

ADFVR<1:0>

118

Legend:

Shaded cells are unused by the Fixed Voltage Reference module.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 118

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 14-1:

TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM

14.0 TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

MODULE

This family of devices is equipped with a temperature

circuit designed to measure the operating temperature

of the silicon die. The circuit’s range of operating

temperature falls between -40°C and +85°C. The

output is a voltage that is proportional to the device

temperature. The output of the temperature indicator is

internally connected to the device ADC.

VDD

TSEN

TSRNG

The circuit may be used as a temperature threshold

detector or a more accurate temperature indicator,

depending on the level of calibration performed. A one-

point calibration allows the circuit to indicate a

temperature closely surrounding that point. A two-point

calibration allows the circuit to sense the entire range

of temperature more accurately. Reference Application

Note AN1333, “Use and Calibration of the Internal

Temperature Indicator” (DS01333) for more details

regarding the calibration process.

VOUT

To ADC

14.1 Circuit Operation

14.2 Minimum Operating VDD

Figure 14-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the

temperature circuit. The proportional voltage output is

achieved by measuring the forward voltage drop across

multiple silicon junctions.

When the temperature circuit is operated in low range,

the device may be operated at any operating voltage

that is within specifications.

When the temperature circuit is operated in high range,

the device operating voltage, VDD, must be high

enough to ensure that the temperature circuit is cor-

rectly biased.

Equation 14-1 describes the output characteristics of

the temperature indicator.

EQUATION 14-1: VOUT RANGES

Table 14-1 shows the recommended minimum VDD vs.

range setting.

High Range: VOUT = VDD - 4VT

Low Range: VOUT = VDD - 2VT

TABLE 14-1: RECOMMENDED VDD VS.

RANGE

Min. VDD, TSRNG = 1

Min. VDD, TSRNG = 0

The temperature sense circuit is integrated with the

Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) module. See

Section 13.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for

more information.

3.6V

1.8V

14.3 Temperature Output

The output of the circuit is measured using the internal

Analog-to-Digital Converter. A channel is reserved for

the temperature circuit output. Refer to Section 15.0

“Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module” for

detailed information.

The circuit is enabled by setting the TSEN bit of the

FVRCON register. When disabled, the circuit draws no

current.

The circuit operates in either high or low range. The high

range, selected by setting the TSRNG bit of the

FVRCON register, provides a wider output voltage. This

provides more resolution over the temperature range,

but may be less consistent from part to part. This range

requires a higher bias voltage to operate and thus, a

higher VDD is needed.

14.4 ADC Acquisition Time

To ensure accurate temperature measurements, the

user must wait at least 200 s after the ADC input

multiplexer is connected to the temperature indicator

output before the conversion is performed. In addition,

the user must wait 200 s between sequential

conversions of the temperature indicator output.

The low range is selected by clearing the TSRNG bit of

the FVRCON register. The low range generates a lower

voltage drop and thus, a lower bias voltage is needed to

operate the circuit. The low range is provided for low

voltage operation.

DS41586A-page 119

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 14-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

Register

on page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

FVRCON

FVREN

FVRRDY

TSEN

TSRNG

—

ADFVR<1:0>

118

Legend:

Shaded cells are unused by the temperature indicator module.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 120

PIC16(L)F1507

The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of

a conversion. This interrupt can be used to wake-up the

device from Sleep.

15.0 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL

CONVERTER (ADC) MODULE

The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) allows

conversion of an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary

representation of that signal. This device uses analog

inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and

hold circuit. The output of the sample and hold is

connected to the input of the converter. The converter

generates a 10-bit binary result via successive

approximation and stores the conversion result into the

ADC result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL register pair).

Figure 15-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC.

The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to be

either internally generated or externally supplied.

FIGURE 15-1:

ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM

VDD

ADPREF = 00

VREF+

ADPREF = 10

VREF- = VSS

VREF+

AN0

00000

VREF+/AN1

AN2

00001

00010

00011

00100

00101

AN3

AN4

AN5

AN6

00110

00111

01000

01001

01010

01011

AN7

AN8

ADC

AN9

10

GO/DONE

AN10

AN11

0= Left Justify

1= Right Justify

ADFM

ADON

16

11101

11110

11111

Temp Indicator

Reserved

ADRESH ADRESL

VSS

FVR Buffer1

CHS<4:0>

Note 1: When ADON = 0, all multiplexer inputs are disconnected.

DS41586A-page 121

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

15.1.4

CONVERSION CLOCK

15.1 ADC Configuration

The source of the conversion clock is software select-

able via the ADCS bits of the ADCON1 register. There

are seven possible clock options:

When configuring and using the ADC the following

functions must be considered:

• Port configuration

• FOSC/2

• Channel selection

• FOSC/4

• ADC voltage reference selection

• ADC conversion clock source

• Interrupt control

• FOSC/8

• FOSC/16

• FOSC/32

• Result formatting

• FOSC/64

15.1.1

PORT CONFIGURATION

• FRC (dedicated internal oscillator)

The ADC can be used to convert both analog and

digital signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O

pin should be configured for analog by setting the

associated TRIS and ANSEL bits. Refer to

Section 11.0 “I/O Ports” for more information.

The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as

TAD. One full 10-bit conversion requires 11.5 TAD peri-

ods as shown in Figure 15-2.

For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specifica-

tion must be met. Refer to the A/D conversion require-

ments in Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for

more information. Table 15-1 gives examples of appro-

priate ADC clock selections.

Note:

Analog voltages on any pin that is defined

as a digital input may cause the input buf-

fer to conduct excess current.

Note:

Unless using the FRC, any changes in the

system clock frequency will change the

ADC clock frequency, which may

adversely affect the ADC result.

15.1.2

CHANNEL SELECTION

There are 14 channel selections available:

• AN<11:0> pins

• Temperature Indicator

• FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference) Output

Refer to Section 13.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)”

and Section 14.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for

more information on these channel selections.

The CHS bits of the ADCON0 register determine which

channel is connected to the sample and hold circuit.

When changing channels, a delay is required before

starting the next conversion. Refer to Section 15.2

“ADC Operation” for more information.

15.1.3

ADC VOLTAGE REFERENCE

The ADPREF bits of the ADCON1 register provides

control of the positive voltage reference. The positive

voltage reference can be:

• VREF+ pin

• VDD

• FVR 2.048V

• FVR 4.096V (Not available on LF devices)

See Section 13.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)”

for more details on the Fixed Voltage Reference.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 122

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 15-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES

ADC Clock Period (TAD)

Device Frequency (FOSC)

ADC

ADCS<2:0>

Clock Source

20 MHz

16 MHz

8 MHz

4 MHz

1 MHz

Fosc/2

Fosc/4

Fosc/8

Fosc/16

Fosc/32

Fosc/64

FRC

000

100

001

101

010

110

x11

100 ns⁽²⁾

200 ns⁽²⁾

400 ns⁽²⁾

800 ns

125 ns⁽²⁾

250 ns⁽²⁾

0.5 s⁽²⁾

1.0 s

250 ns⁽²⁾

500 ns⁽²⁾

1.0 s

500 ns⁽²⁾

1.0 s

2.0 s

4.0 s

8.0 s⁽³⁾

16.0 s⁽³⁾

32.0 s⁽³⁾

64.0 s⁽³⁾

1.0-6.0 s^(1,4)

2.0 s

4.0 s

1.6 s

2.0 s

4.0 s

8.0 s⁽³⁾

1.0-6.0 s^(1,4)

8.0 s⁽³⁾

16.0 s⁽³⁾

1.0-6.0 s^(1,4)

3.2 s

1.0-6.0 s^(1,4)

4.0 s

1.0-6.0 s^(1,4)

Legend:

Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.

Note 1: The FRC source has a typical TAD time of 1.6 s for VDD.

2: These values violate the minimum required TAD time.

3: For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended.

4: The ADC clock period (TAD) and total ADC conversion time can be minimized when the ADC clock is derived from the

system clock FOSC. However, the FRC clock source must be used when conversions are to be performed with the

device in Sleep mode.

FIGURE 15-2:

ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES

TCY - TAD

TAD8 TAD9 TAD10 TAD11

TAD1 TAD2 TAD3 TAD4 TAD5 TAD6 TAD7

b4

b1

b0

b9

b8

b7

b6

b5

b3

b2

Conversion starts

Holding capacitor is disconnected from analog input (typically 100 ns)

Set GO bit

On the following cycle:

ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded, GO bit is cleared,

ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is connected to analog input.

DS41586A-page 123

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

15.1.5

INTERRUPTS

15.1.6

RESULT FORMATTING

The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an

interrupt upon completion of an Analog-to-Digital

conversion. The ADC Interrupt Flag is the ADIF bit in

the PIR1 register. The ADC Interrupt Enable is the

ADIE bit in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be

cleared in software.

The 10-bit A/D conversion result can be supplied in two

formats, left justified or right justified. The ADFM bit of

the ADCON1 register controls the output format.

Figure 15-3 shows the two output formats.

Note 1: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of

every conversion, regardless of whether

or not the ADC interrupt is enabled.

2: The ADC operates during Sleep only

when the FRC oscillator is selected.

This interrupt can be generated while the device is

operating or while in Sleep. If the device is in Sleep, the

interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from

Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEPinstruc-

tion is always executed. If the user is attempting to

wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code execu-

tion, the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register

must be disabled. If the GIE and PEIE bits of the

INTCON register are enabled, execution will switch to

the Interrupt Service Routine.

FIGURE 15-3:

10-BIT A/D CONVERSION RESULT FORMAT

ADRESH

ADRESL

LSB

(ADFM = 0)

MSB

bit 7

bit 0

bit 7

bit 0

10-bit A/D Result

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

(ADFM = 1)

MSB

LSB

bit 0

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

10-bit A/D Result

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 124

PIC16(L)F1507

15.2.4

ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP

15.2 ADC Operation

The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This

requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC

option. When the FRC clock source is selected, the

ADC waits one additional instruction before starting the

conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be

executed, which can reduce system noise during the

conversion. If the ADC interrupt is enabled, the device

will wake-up from Sleep when the conversion

completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled, the ADC

module is turned off after the conversion completes,

although the ADON bit remains set.

15.2.1

STARTING A CONVERSION

To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the

ADCON0 register must be set to a ‘1’. Setting the GO/

DONE bit of the ADCON0 register to a ‘1’ will start the

Analog-to-Digital conversion.

Note:

The GO/DONE bit should not be set in the

same instruction that turns on the ADC.

Refer to Section 15.2.6 “A/D Conver-

sion Procedure”.

When the ADC clock source is something other than

FRC, a SLEEP instruction causes the present conver-

sion to be aborted and the ADC module is turned off,

although the ADON bit remains set.

15.2.2

COMPLETION OF A CONVERSION

When the conversion is complete, the ADC module will:

• Clear the GO/DONE bit

• Set the ADIF Interrupt Flag bit

15.2.5

AUTO-CONVERSION TRIGGER

• Update the ADRESH and ADRESL registers with

new conversion result

The auto-conversion trigger allows periodic ADC mea-

surements without software intervention. When a rising

edge of the selected source occurs, the GO/DONE bit

is set by hardware.

15.2.3

TERMINATING A CONVERSION

If a conversion must be terminated before completion,

the GO/DONE bit can be cleared in software. The

ADRESH and ADRESL registers will be updated with

the partially complete Analog-to-Digital conversion

sample. Incomplete bits will match the last bit

converted.

The auto-conversion trigger source is selected with the

TRIGSEL<3:0> bits of the ADCON2 register.

Using the auto-conversion trigger does not assure

proper ADC timing. It is the user’s responsibility to

ensure that the ADC timing requirements are met.

Note:

A device Reset forces all registers to their

Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is

turned off and any pending conversion is

terminated.

Auto-Conversion sources are:

• TMR0

• TMR1

• TMR2

• CLC1

• CLC2

DS41586A-page 125

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

15.2.6

A/D CONVERSION PROCEDURE

EXAMPLE 15-1:

A/D CONVERSION

This is an example procedure for using the ADC to

perform an Analog-to-Digital conversion:

;This code block configures the ADC

;for polling, Vdd and Vss references, Frc

;clock and AN0 input.

;

;Conversion start & polling for completion

; are included.

;

1. Configure Port:

• Disable pin output driver (Refer to the TRIS

register)

• Configure pin as analog (Refer to the ANSEL

register)

BANKSEL

MOVLW

ADCON1

;

B’11110000’ ;Right justify, Frc

;clock

2. Configure the ADC module:

• Select ADC conversion clock

• Configure voltage reference

• Select ADC input channel

• Turn on ADC module

MOVWF

BANKSEL

BSF

BANKSEL

BSF

BANKSEL

MOVLW

MOVWF

CALL

ADCON1

TRISA

TRISA,0

ANSEL

ANSEL,0

ADCON0

;Vdd and Vss Vref+

;

;Set RA0 to input

;

;Set RA0 to analog

;

3. Configure ADC interrupt (optional):

• Clear ADC interrupt flag

B’00000001’ ;Select channel AN0

ADCON0

SampleTime

;Turn ADC On

;Acquisiton delay

• Enable ADC interrupt

• Enable peripheral interrupt

• Enable global interrupt⁽¹⁾

4. Wait the required acquisition time⁽²⁾

BSF

BTFSC

GOTO

BANKSEL

MOVF

MOVWF

BANKSEL

MOVF

ADCON0,ADGO ;Start conversion

ADCON0,ADGO ;Is conversion done?

$-1

ADRESH

;No, test again

;

.

5. Start conversion by setting the GO/DONE bit.

ADRESH,W

RESULTHI

ADRESL

;Read upper 2 bits

;store in GPR space

;

6. Wait for ADC conversion to complete by one of

the following:

ADRESL,W

RESULTLO

;Read lower 8 bits

;Store in GPR space

• Polling the GO/DONE bit

MOVWF

• Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts

enabled)

7. Read ADC Result.

8. Clear the ADC interrupt flag (required if interrupt

is enabled).

Note 1: The global interrupt can be disabled if the

user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep

and resume in-line code execution.

2: Refer to Section 15.3 “A/D Acquisition

Requirements”.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 126

PIC16(L)F1507

15.2.7

ADC REGISTER DEFINITIONS

The following registers are used to control the

operation of the ADC.

REGISTER 15-1: ADCON0: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 0

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

ADON

CHS<4:0>

GO/DONE

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-2

CHS<4:0>: Analog Channel Select bits

00000= AN0

00001= AN1

00010= AN2

00011= AN3

00100= AN4

00101= AN5

00110= AN6

00111= AN7

01000= AN8

01001= AN9

01010= AN10

01011= AN11

01100= Reserved. No channel connected.

•

11101= Temperature Indicator⁽²⁾

11110= Reserved. No channel connected

11111=FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference) Buffer 1 Output⁽¹⁾

GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit

bit 1

bit 0

1= A/D conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an A/D conversion cycle.

This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion has completed.

0= A/D conversion completed/not in progress

ADON: ADC Enable bit

1= ADC is enabled

0= ADC is disabled and consumes no operating current

Note 1: See Section 13.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information.

2: See Section 14.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for more information.

DS41586A-page 127

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 15-2: ADCON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1

R/W-0/0

ADFM

R/W-0/0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

ADCS<2:0>

ADPREF<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

ADFM: A/D Result Format Select bit

1= Right justified. Six Most Significant bits of ADRESH are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is

loaded.

0= Left justified. Six Least Significant bits of ADRESL are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is

loaded.

bit 6-4

ADCS<2:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits

000= FOSC/2

001= FOSC/8

010= FOSC/32

011= FRC (clock supplied from a dedicated RC oscillator)

100= FOSC/4

101= FOSC/16

110= FOSC/64

111= FRC (clock supplied from a dedicated RC oscillator)

bit 3-2

bit 1-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ADPREF<1:0>: A/D Positive Voltage Reference Configuration bits

00= VREF+ is connected to VDD

01= Reserved

10= VREF+ is connected to external VREF+ pin⁽¹⁾

11= Reserved

Note 1: When selecting the VREF+ pin as the source of the positive reference, be aware that a minimum voltage

specification exists. See Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for details.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 128

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 15-3: ADCON2: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0/0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

TRIGSEL<3:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-4

TRIGSEL<3:0>: Auto-conversion Trigger Selection bits⁽¹⁾

0000= No auto-conversion trigger selected

0001= Reserved

0010= Reserved

0011= TMR0 Overflow⁽²⁾

0100= TMR1 Overflow⁽²⁾

0101= TMR2 Match to PR2⁽²⁾

0110= Reserved

0111= Reserved

1000= CLC1

1001= CLC2

1010= Reserved

1011= Reserved

1100= Reserved

1101= Reserved

1110= Reserved

1111= Reserved

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

Note 1: This is a rising edge sensitive input for all sources.

2: Signal also sets its corresponding interrupt flag.

DS41586A-page 129

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 15-4: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 0

R/W-x/u

bit 0

ADRES<9:2>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

ADRES<9:2>: ADC Result Register bits

Upper 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result

REGISTER 15-5: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 0

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

ADRES<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

ADRES<1:0>: ADC Result Register bits

Lower 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result

Reserved: Do not use.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 130

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 15-6: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 1

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

—

R/W-x/u

ADRES<9:8>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-2

bit 1-0

Reserved: Do not use.

ADRES<9:8>: ADC Result Register bits

Upper 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result

REGISTER 15-7: ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 1

R/W-x/u

bit 0

ADRES<7:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits

Lower 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result

DS41586A-page 131

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

source impedance is decreased, the acquisition time

may be decreased. After the analog input channel is

selected (or changed), an A/D acquisition must be

done before the conversion can be started. To calculate

the minimum acquisition time, Equation 15-1 may be

used. This equation assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used

(1,024 steps for the ADC). The 1/2 LSb error is the

maximum error allowed for the ADC to meet its

specified resolution.

15.3 A/D Acquisition Requirements

For the ADC to meet its specified accuracy, the charge

holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully

charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog

Input model is shown in Figure 15-4. The source

impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS)

impedance directly affect the time required to charge

the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS)

impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), refer

to Figure 15-4. The maximum recommended

impedance for analog sources is 10 k. As the

EQUATION 15-1: ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE

Temperature = 50°C and external impedance of 10k 5.0V VDD

Assumptions:

TACQ = Amplifier Settling Time + Hold Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient

= TAMP + TC + TCOFF

= 2µs + TC + Temperature - 25°C0.05µs/°C

The value for TC can be approximated with the following equations:

1





;[1] VCHOLD charged to within 1/2 lsb

^VAPPLIED^{1 – -------------------------- = VCHOLD}



2^{n + 1} – 1

–TC

---------





RC

VAPPLIED 1 – e

= V^CHOLD







;[2] VCHOLD charge response to VAPPLIED

;combining [1] and [2]



–Tc

--------









RC

1







^{= VAPPLIED}^{1 – --------------------------}

2^{n + 1} – 1

VAPPLIED 1 – e





Note: Where n = number of bits of the ADC.

Solving for TC:

TC = –CHOLDRIC + RSS + RS ln(1/2047)

= –12.5pF1k + 7k + 10k ln(0.0004885)

= 1.12µs

Therefore:

TACQ = 5µs + 1.12µs + 50°C- 25°C0.05µs/°C

= 7.37µs

Note 1: The reference voltage (VREF+) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out.

2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion.

3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k. This is required to meet the pin

leakage specification.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 132

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 15-4:

ANALOG INPUT MODEL

VDD

VT  0.6V

Analog

Input

Sampling

Switch

SS

RIC  1k

Rss

Rs

(1)

CPIN

5 pF

VA

I LEAKAGE

CHOLD = 10 pF

VREF-

VT  0.6V

6V

5V

RSS

VDD 4V

3V

Legend:

CHOLD

CPIN

= Sample/Hold Capacitance

= Input Capacitance

2V

I LEAKAGE = Leakage current at the pin due to

various junctions

5 6 7 8 9 1011

Sampling Switch

RIC

RSS

SS

VT

= Interconnect Resistance

= Resistance of Sampling Switch

= Sampling Switch

(k)

= Threshold Voltage

Note 1: Refer to Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications”.

FIGURE 15-5:

ADC TRANSFER FUNCTION

Full-Scale Range

3FFh

3FEh

3FDh

3FCh

3FBh

03h

02h

01h

00h

Analog Input Voltage

1.5 LSB

0.5 LSB

Zero-Scale

Transition

VREF-

Full-Scale

Transition

VREF+

DS41586A-page 133

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 15-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ADC

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

127

128

ADCON0

ADCON1

ADCON2

ADRESH

—

CHS<4:0>

GO/DONE

ADON

ADFM

ADCS<2:0>

—

ADPREF<1:0>

TRIGSEL<3:0>

—

129

A/D Result Register High

A/D Result Register Low

130, 131

103

ADRESL

ANSELA

ANSELB

ANSELC

INTCON

PIE1

—

ANSB5

—

ANSA4

ANSB4

—

ANSA2

—

ANSA1

—

ANSA0

—

107

ANSC7

GIE

ANSC6

PEIE

ANSC3

IOCIE

—

ANSC2

TMR0IF

—

ANSC1

INTF

ANSC0

IOCIF

TMR1IE

TMR1IF

TRISA0

—

110

TMR0IE

—

INTE

66

TMR1GIE

TMR1GIF

—

ADIE

—

TMR2IE

TMR2IF

TRISA1

—

67

PIR1

ADIF

—

70

—(1)

TRISA

—

TRISA5

TRISB5

TRISC5

TSEN

TRISA4

TRISB4

TRISC4

TSRNG

TRISA2

—

102

TRISB

TRISB7

TRISC7

FVREN

TRISB6

TRISC6

FVRRDY

—

TRISC3

—

106

TRISC

TRISC2

—

TRISC1

TRISC0

109

FVRCON

Legend:

ADFVR<1:0>

118

x= unknown, u= unchanged, —= unimplemented read as ‘0’, q= value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not

used for ADC module.

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 134

PIC16(L)F1507

16.1.2

8-BIT COUNTER MODE

16.0 TIMER0 MODULE

In 8-Bit Counter mode, the Timer0 module will increment

on every rising or falling edge of the T0CKI pin.

The Timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the

following features:

8-Bit Counter mode using the T0CKI pin is selected by

setting the TMR0CS bit in the OPTION_REG register to

‘1’.

• 8-bit timer/counter register (TMR0)

• 8-bit prescaler (independent of Watchdog Timer)

• Programmable internal or external clock source

• Programmable external clock edge selection

• Interrupt on overflow

The rising or falling transition of the incrementing edge

for either input source is determined by the TMR0SE bit

in the OPTION_REG register.

• TMR0 can be used to gate Timer1

Figure 16-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module.

16.1 Timer0 Operation

The Timer0 module can be used as either an 8-bit timer

or an 8-bit counter.

16.1.1

8-BIT TIMER MODE

The Timer0 module will increment every instruction

cycle, if used without a prescaler. 8-Bit Timer mode is

selected by clearing the TMR0CS bit of the

OPTION_REG register.

When TMR0 is written, the increment is inhibited for

two instruction cycles immediately following the write.

Note:

The value written to the TMR0 register

can be adjusted, in order to account for

the two instruction cycle delay when

TMR0 is written.

FIGURE 16-1:

BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0

FOSC/4

Data Bus

0

1

8

T0CKI

1

Sync

TMR0

2 TCY

0

Set Flag bit TMR0IF

on Overflow

PSA

TMR0SE

TMR0CS

8-bit

Prescaler

Overflow to Timer1

8

PS<2:0>

DS41586A-page 135

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

16.1.3

SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE

PRESCALER

A software programmable prescaler is available for

exclusive use with Timer0. The prescaler is enabled by

clearing the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG register.

Note:

The Watchdog Timer (WDT) uses its own

independent prescaler.

There are 8 prescaler options for the Timer0 module

ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. The prescale values are

selectable via the PS<2:0> bits of the OPTION_REG

register. In order to have a 1:1 prescaler value for the

Timer0 module, the prescaler must be disabled by set-

ting the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG register.

The prescaler is not readable or writable. All instructions

writing to the TMR0 register will clear the prescaler.

16.1.4

TIMER0 INTERRUPT

Timer0 will generate an interrupt when the TMR0

register overflows from FFh to 00h. The TMR0IF

interrupt flag bit of the INTCON register is set every

time the TMR0 register overflows, regardless of

whether or not the Timer0 interrupt is enabled. The

TMR0IF bit can only be cleared in software. The Timer0

interrupt enable is the TMR0IE bit of the INTCON

register.

Note:

The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the

processor from Sleep since the timer is

frozen during Sleep.

16.1.5

8-BIT COUNTER MODE

SYNCHRONIZATION

When in 8-Bit Counter mode, the incrementing edge on

the T0CKI pin must be synchronized to the instruction

clock. Synchronization can be accomplished by

sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles

of the instruction clock. The high and low periods of the

external clocking source must meet the timing

requirements as shown in Section 25.0 “Electrical

Specifications”.

16.1.6

OPERATION DURING SLEEP

Timer0 cannot operate while the processor is in Sleep

mode. The contents of the TMR0 register will remain

unchanged while the processor is in Sleep mode.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 136

PIC16(L)F1507

16.2 Option and Timer0 Control Register

REGISTER 16-1: OPTION_REG: OPTION REGISTER

R/W-1/1

WPUEN

R/W-1/1

INTEDG

R/W-1/1

PSA

R/W-1/1

PS<2:0>

R/W-1/1

bit 0

TMR0CS

TMR0SE

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2-0

WPUEN: Weak Pull-Up Enable bit

1= All weak pull-ups are disabled (except MCLR, if it is enabled)

0= Weak pull-ups are enabled by individual WPUx latch values

INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit

1= Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin

0= Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin

TMR0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit

1= Transition on T0CKI pin

0= Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4)

TMR0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit

1= Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin

0= Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin

PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit

1= Prescaler is not assigned to the Timer0 module

0= Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module

PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits

Bit Value

Timer0 Rate

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

1 : 2

1 : 4

1 : 8

1 : 16

1 : 32

1 : 64

1 : 128

1 : 256

TABLE 16-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0

Register

on Page

Name

ADCON2

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

TRIGSEL<3:0>

PEIE TMR0IE

—

INTF

—

129

66

INTCON

OPTION_REG

TMR0

GIE

INTE

IOCIE

PSA

TMR0IF

IOCIF

WPUEN

INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE

PS<2:0>

137

135*

102

Holding Register for the 8-bit Timer0 Count

TRISA5 TRISA4

(1)

TRISA

—

TRISA2

TRISA1

TRISA0

Legend:

— = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer0 module.

*

Page provides register information.

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

DS41586A-page 137

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 138

PIC16(L)F1507

• Gate Single-Pulse mode

• Gate Value Status

17.0 TIMER1 MODULE WITH GATE

CONTROL

• Gate Event Interrupt

The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the

following features:

Figure 17-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module.

• 16-bit timer/counter register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L)

• Programmable internal or external clock source

• 2-bit prescaler

• Optionally synchronized comparator out

• Multiple Timer1 gate (count enable) sources

• Interrupt on overflow

• Wake-up on overflow (external clock,

Asynchronous mode only)

• Special Event Trigger

• Selectable Gate Source Polarity

• Gate Toggle mode

FIGURE 17-1:

TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM

T1GSS

T1GSPM

0

T1G

From Timer0

Overflow

0

1

t1g_in

Data Bus

T1GVAL

0

1

D

Q

Single Pulse

Acq. Control

RD

1

T1GCON

Q1 EN

D

Q

Interrupt

Set

TMR1GIF

T1GGO/DONE

CK

TMR1ON

T1GTM

det

R

T1GPOL

TMR1GE

Set flag bit

TMR1IF on

Overflow

TMR1ON

TMR1⁽²⁾

EN

D

Synchronized

Clock Input

0

To ADC Auto-Conversion

T1CLK

TMR1H

TMR1L

Q

1

TMR1CS<1:0>

LFINTOSC

T1SYNC

11

10

Synchronize⁽³⁾

det

Prescaler

1, 2, 4, 8

(1)

T1CKI

2

T1CKPS<1:0>

FOSC

Internal

Clock

01

00

FOSC/2

Internal

Clock

Sleep input

FOSC/4

Internal

Clock

Note 1: ST Buffer is high speed type when using T1CKI.

2: Timer1 register increments on rising edge.

3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep.

DS41586A-page 139

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

17.1 Timer1 Operation

17.2 Clock Source Selection

The Timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter

which is accessed through the TMR1H:TMR1L register

pair. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly update the

counter.

The TMR1CS<1:0> bits of the T1CON register are used

to select the clock source for Timer1. Table 17-2

displays the clock source selections.

17.2.1

INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE

When used with an internal clock source, the module is

a timer and increments on every instruction cycle.

When used with an external clock source, the module

can be used as either a timer or counter and incre-

ments on every selected edge of the external source.

When the internal clock source is selected the

TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples

of FOSC as determined by the Timer1 prescaler.

When the FOSC internal clock source is selected, the

Timer1 register value will increment by four counts every

instruction clock cycle. Due to this condition, a 2 LSB

error in resolution will occur when reading the Timer1

value. To utilize the full resolution of Timer1, an

asynchronous input signal must be used to gate the

Timer1 clock input.

Timer1 is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and

TMR1GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers,

respectively. Table 17-1 displays the Timer1 enable

selections.

TABLE 17-1: TIMER1 ENABLE

SELECTIONS

The following asynchronous sources may be used:

• Asynchronous event on the T1G pin to Timer1

gate

Timer1

Operation

TMR1ON

TMR1GE

17.2.2

EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE

0

1

0

1

0

1

Off

When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1

module may work as a timer or a counter.

Always On

When enabled to count, Timer1 is incremented on the

rising edge of the external clock input T1CKI. The

external clock source can be synchronized to the

microcontroller system clock or it can run

asynchronously.

Count Enabled

Note:

In Counter mode, a falling edge must be

registered by the counter prior to the first

incrementing rising edge after any one or

more of the following conditions:

• Timer1 enabled after POR

• Write to TMR1H or TMR1L

• Timer1 is disabled

• Timer1 is disabled (TMR1ON = 0)

when T1CKI is high then Timer1 is

enabled (TMR1ON=1) when T1CKI is

low.

TABLE 17-2: CLOCK SOURCE SELECTIONS

TMR1CS<1:0>

T1OSCEN

Clock Source

1

0

1

0

1

0

x

0

x

LFINTOSC

External Clocking on T1CKI Pin

System Clock (FOSC)

Instruction Clock (FOSC/4)

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 140

PIC16(L)F1507

When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer1

will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock

source. When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is disabled,

no incrementing will occur and Timer1 will hold the

current count. See Figure 17-3 for timing details.

17.3 Timer1 Prescaler

Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8

divisions of the clock input. The T1CKPS bits of the

T1CON register control the prescale counter. The

prescale counter is not directly readable or writable;

however, the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to

TMR1H or TMR1L.

TABLE 17-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE

SELECTIONS

17.4 Timer1 Operation in

T1CLK T1GPOL

T1G

Timer1 Operation

Asynchronous Counter Mode



0

1

0

1

0

1

Counts

If control bit T1SYNC of the T1CON register is set, the

external clock input is not synchronized. The timer

increments asynchronously to the internal phase

clocks. If the external clock source is selected then the

timer will continue to run during Sleep and can

generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up

the processor. However, special precautions in

software are needed to read/write the timer (see

Section 17.4.1 “Reading and Writing Timer1 in

Asynchronous Counter Mode”).

Holds Count

Counts

17.5.2

TIMER1 GATE SOURCE

SELECTION

Timer1 gate source selections are shown in Table 17-4.

Source selection is controlled by the T1GSS bit of the

T1GCON register. The polarity for each available source

is also selectable. Polarity selection is controlled by the

T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register.

Note:

When switching from synchronous to

asynchronous operation, it is possible to

skip an increment. When switching from

asynchronous to synchronous operation,

it is possible to produce an additional

increment.

TABLE 17-4: TIMER1 GATE SOURCES

T1GSS

Timer1 Gate Source

Timer1 Gate Pin

0

1

Overflow of Timer0

(TMR0 increments from FFh to 00h)

17.4.1

READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN

ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER

MODE

Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running

from an external asynchronous clock will ensure a valid

read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user

should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two

8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the

timer may overflow between the reads.

For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop

the timer and write the desired values. A write

contention may occur by writing to the timer registers,

while the register is incrementing. This may produce an

unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair.

17.5 Timer1 Gate

Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count

can be enabled and disabled using Timer1 gate

circuitry. This is also referred to as Timer1 Gate Enable.

Timer1 gate can also be driven by multiple selectable

sources.

17.5.1

TIMER1 GATE ENABLE

The Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting

the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity

of the Timer1 Gate Enable mode is configured using

the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register.

DS41586A-page 141

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

17.5.2.1

T1G Pin Gate Operation

17.5.5

TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS

The T1G pin is one source for Timer1 Gate Control. It

can be used to supply an external source to the Timer1

gate circuitry.

When Timer1 Gate Value Status is utilized, it is possible

to read the most current level of the gate control value.

The value is stored in the T1GVAL bit in the T1GCON

register. The T1GVAL bit is valid even when the Timer1

gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).

17.5.2.2

Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation

When Timer0 increments from FFh to 00h,

low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and

internally supplied to the Timer1 gate circuitry.

a

17.5.6

TIMER1 GATE EVENT INTERRUPT

When Timer1 Gate Event Interrupt is enabled, it is pos-

sible to generate an interrupt upon the completion of a

gate event. When the falling edge of T1GVAL occurs,

the TMR1GIF flag bit in the PIR1 register will be set. If

the TMR1GIE bit in the PIE1 register is set, then an

interrupt will be recognized.

17.5.3

TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE

When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is possi-

ble to measure the full-cycle length of a Timer1 gate

signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level

pulse.

The TMR1GIF flag bit operates even when the Timer1

gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared).

The Timer1 gate source is routed through a flip-flop that

changes state on every incrementing edge of the sig-

nal. See Figure 17-4 for timing details.

Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the

T1GTM bit of the T1GCON register. When the T1GTM

bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This

is necessary in order to control which edge is

measured.

Note:

Enabling Toggle mode at the same time

as changing the gate polarity may result in

indeterminate operation.

17.5.4

TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE

MODE

When Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled, it is

possible to capture a single pulse gate event. Timer1

Gate Single-Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the

T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register. Next, the

T1GGO/DONE bit in the T1GCON register must be set.

The Timer1 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing

edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse, the

T1GGO/DONE bit will automatically be cleared. No other

gate events will be allowed to increment Timer1 until the

T1GGO/DONE bit is once again set in software. See

Figure 17-5 for timing details.

If the Single Pulse Gate mode is disabled by clearing the

T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register, the T1GGO/DONE

bit should also be cleared.

Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single-Pulse mode

simultaneously will permit both sections to work

together. This allows the cycle times on the Timer1 gate

source to be measured. See Figure 17-6 for timing

details.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 142

PIC16(L)F1507

17.6 Timer1 Interrupt

17.7 Timer1 Operation During Sleep

The Timer1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments

to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When Timer1 rolls

over, the Timer1 interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is

set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set

these bits:

Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in

Asynchronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external

crystal or clock source can be used to increment the

counter. To set up the timer to wake the device:

• TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register must be set

• TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register must be set

• PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set

• T1SYNC bit of the T1CON register must be set

• TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register

• TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register

• PEIE bit of the INTCON register

• GIE bit of the INTCON register

• TMR1CS bits of the T1CON register must be

configured

The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in

the Interrupt Service Routine.

The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute

the next instructions. If the GIE bit of the INTCON

register is set, the device will call the Interrupt Service

Routine.

Note:

The TMR1H:TMR1L register pair and the

TMR1IF bit should be cleared before

enabling interrupts.

Timer1 oscillator will continue to operate in Sleep

regardless of the T1SYNC bit setting.

FIGURE 17-2:

TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE

T1CKI = 1

when TMR1

Enabled

T1CKI = 0

when TMR1

Enabled

Note 1: Arrows indicate counter increments.

2: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock.

DS41586A-page 143

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 17-3:

TIMER1 GATE ENABLE MODE

TMR1GE

T1GPOL

t1g_in

T1CKI

T1GVAL

Timer1

N

N + 1

N + 2

N + 3

N + 4

FIGURE 17-4:

TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE

TMR1GE

T1GPOL

T1GTM

t1g_in

T1CKI

T1GVAL

Timer1

N

N + 1 N + 2 N + 3 N + 4

N + 5 N + 6 N + 7 N + 8

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 144

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 17-5:

TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE

TMR1GE

T1GPOL

T1GSPM

Cleared by hardware on

falling edge of T1GVAL

T1GGO/

DONE

Set by software

Counting enabled on

rising edge of T1G

t1g_in

T1CKI

T1GVAL

Timer1

N

N + 1

N + 2

Cleared by

software

Set by hardware on

falling edge of T1GVAL

Cleared by software

TMR1GIF

DS41586A-page 145

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 17-6:

TMR1GE

T1GPOL

TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE

T1GSPM

T1GTM

Cleared by hardware on

falling edge of T1GVAL

T1GGO/

DONE

Set by software

Counting enabled on

rising edge of T1G

t1g_in

T1CKI

T1GVAL

Timer1

N + 4

N + 2 N + 3

N

N + 1

Set by hardware on

falling edge of T1GVAL

Cleared by

software

Cleared by software

TMR1GIF

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 146

PIC16(L)F1507

17.8 Timer1 Control Registers

REGISTER 17-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/u

U-0

—

R/W-0/u

T1SYNC

U-0

—

R/W-0/u

TMR1CS<1:0>

T1CKPS<1:0>

TMR1ON

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-6

bit 5-4

TMR1CS<1:0>: Timer1 Clock Source Select bits

11=Timer1 clock source is LFINTOSC

10=Timer1 clock source is T1CKI pin (on rising edge)

01=Timer1 clock source is system clock (FOSC)

00=Timer1 clock source is instruction clock (FOSC/4)

T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits

11= 1:8 Prescale value

10= 1:4 Prescale value

01= 1:2 Prescale value

00= 1:1 Prescale value

bit 3

bit 2

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T1SYNC: Timer1 Synchronization Control bit

1= Do not synchronize asynchronous clock input

0= Synchronize asynchronous clock input with system clock (FOSC)

bit 1

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit

1= Enables Timer1

0= Stops Timer1 and clears Timer1 gate flip-flop

DS41586A-page 147

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 17-2: T1GCON: TIMER1 GATE CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/u

T1GPOL

R/W-0/u

T1GTM

R/W-0/u

R/W/HC-0/u

R-x/x

U-0

—

R/W-0/u

T1GSS

TMR1GE

T1GSPM

T1GGO/

DONE

T1GVAL

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

HC = Bit is cleared by hardware

bit 7

TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit

If TMR1ON = 0:

This bit is ignored

If TMR1ON = 1:

1= Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function

0= Timer1 counts regardless of Timer1 gate function

bit 6

bit 5

T1GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit

1= Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high)

0= Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low)

T1GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit

1= Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled

0= Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared

Timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge.

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

T1GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Mode bit

1= Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate

0= Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is disabled

T1GGO/DONE: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Acquisition Status bit

1= Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge

0= Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started

T1GVAL: Timer1 Gate Current State bit

Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L.

Unaffected by Timer1 Gate Enable (TMR1GE).

bit 1

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T1GSS: Timer1 Gate Source Select bit

0= Timer1 gate pin

1= Timer0 overflow output

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 148

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 17-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

ANSELA

INTCON

PIE1

—

TMR0IE

—

ANSA4

INTE

—

IOCIE

—

ANSA2

TMR0IF

—

ANSA1

INTF

ANSA0

IOCIF

103

66

GIE

PEIE

ADIE

ADIF

TMR1GIE

TMR1GIF

TMR2IE

TMR2IF

TMR1IE

TMR1IF

67

PIR1

—

70

TMR1H

TMR1L

TRISA

Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count

143*

102

147

148

Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Count

(1)

—

TRISA5

TRISA4

—

TRISA2

T1SYNC

T1GVAL

TRISA1

—

TRISA0

TMR1ON

T1GSS

T1CON

T1GCON

TMR1CS<1:0>

TMR1GE T1GPOL

T1CKPS<1:0>

—

T1GTM

T1GSPM

T1GGO/

DONE

—

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.

*

Page provides register information.

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

DS41586A-page 149

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 150

PIC16(L)F1507

18.0 TIMER2 MODULE

The Timer2 module incorporates the following features:

• 8-bit Timer and Period registers (TMR2 and PR2,

respectively)

• Readable and writable (both registers)

• Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16,

and 1:64)

• Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)

• Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2, respectively

• Optional use as the shift clock for the MSSP

modules

See Figure 18-1 for a block diagram of Timer2.

FIGURE 18-1:

TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM

Sets Flag

bit TMR2IF

TMR2

Output

Prescaler

Reset

EQ

TMR2

FOSC/4

1:1, 1:4, 1:16, 1:64

Postscaler

1:1 to 1:16

2

Comparator

PR2

T2CKPS<1:0>

4

T2OUTPS<3:0>

DS41586A-page 151

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

18.1 Timer2 Operation

18.3 Timer2 Output

The clock input to the Timer2 module is the system

instruction clock (FOSC/4).

The unscaled output of TMR2 is available primarily to

the PWMx module, where it is used as a time base for

operation.

TMR2 increments from 00h on each clock edge.

A 4-bit counter/prescaler on the clock input allows direct

input, divide-by-4 and divide-by-16 prescale options.

These options are selected by the prescaler control bits,

T2CKPS<1:0> of the T2CON register. The value of

TMR2 is compared to that of the Period register, PR2, on

each clock cycle. When the two values match, the

comparator generates a match signal as the timer

output. This signal also resets the value of TMR2 to 00h

on the next cycle and drives the output

18.4 Timer2 Operation During Sleep

Timer2 cannot be operated while the processor is in

Sleep mode. The contents of the TMR2 and PR2

registers will remain unchanged while the processor is

in Sleep mode.

counter/postscaler

(see

Section 18.2

“Timer2

Interrupt”).

The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both directly readable

and writable. The TMR2 register is cleared on any

device Reset, whereas the PR2 register initializes to

FFh. Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are

cleared on the following events:

• a write to the TMR2 register

• a write to the T2CON register

• Power-on Reset (POR)

• Brown-out Reset (BOR)

• MCLR Reset

• Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset

• Stack Overflow Reset

• Stack Underflow Reset

• RESETInstruction

Note:

TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is

written.

18.2 Timer2 Interrupt

Timer2 can also generate an optional device interrupt.

The Timer2 output signal (TMR2-to-PR2 match)

provides the input for the 4-bit counter/postscaler. This

counter generates the TMR2 match interrupt flag which

is latched in TMR2IF of the PIR1 register. The interrupt

is enabled by setting the TMR2 Match Interrupt Enable

bit, TMR2IE of the PIE1 register.

A range of 16 postscale options (from 1:1 through 1:16

inclusive) can be selected with the postscaler control

bits, T2OUTPS<3:0>, of the T2CON register.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 152

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 18-1: T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

T2OUTPS<3:0>

TMR2ON

T2CKPS<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-3

T2OUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscaler Select bits

0000= 1:1 Postscaler

0001= 1:2 Postscaler

0010= 1:3 Postscaler

0011= 1:4 Postscaler

0100= 1:5 Postscaler

0101= 1:6 Postscaler

0110= 1:7 Postscaler

0111= 1:8 Postscaler

1000= 1:9 Postscaler

1001= 1:10 Postscaler

1010= 1:11 Postscaler

1011= 1:12 Postscaler

1100= 1:13 Postscaler

1101= 1:14 Postscaler

1110= 1:15 Postscaler

1111= 1:16 Postscaler

bit 2

TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit

1= Timer2 is on

0= Timer2 is off

bit 1-0

T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits

00= Prescaler is 1

01= Prescaler is 4

10= Prescaler is 16

11= Prescaler is 64

DS41586A-page 153

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 18-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

INTCON

PIE1

GIE

PEIE

ADIE

ADIF

TMR0IE

INTE

—

IOCIE

—

TMR0IF

INTF

IOCIF

66

67

TMR1GIE

TMR1GIF

—

TMR2IE

TMR2IF

TMR1IE

TMR1IF

PIR1

—

70

PR2

Timer2 Module Period Register

151*

159

153

151*

PWM1CON PWM1EN PWM1OE PWM1OUT PWM1POL

PWM2CON PWM2EN PWM2OE PWM2OUT PWM2POL

PWM3CON PWM3EN PWM3OE PWM3OUT PWM3POL

PWM4CON PWM4EN PWM4OE PWM4OUT PWM4POL

—

T2CON

TMR2

—

T2OUTPS<3:0>

TMR2ON

T2CKPS<1:0>

Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Count

Legend:

— = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2/4/6 module.

*

Page provides register information.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 154

PIC16(L)F1507

For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up this

module for PWM operation, refer to Section 19.1.9

“Setup for PWM Operation using PWMx Pins”.

19.0 PULSE WIDTH MODULATION

(PWM) MODULE

The PWM module generates a Pulse-Width Modulated

signal determined by the duty cycle, period, and reso-

lution that are configured by the following registers:

FIGURE 19-1:

PWM OUTPUT

Period

• PR2

• T2CON

Pulse Width

TMR2 = PR2

• PWMxDCH

• PWMxDCL

• PWMxCON

TMR2 =

PWMxDCH<7:0>:PWMxDCL<7:6>

TMR2 = 0

Figure 19-2 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM

operation.

Figure 19-1 shows a typical waveform of the PWM

signal.

FIGURE 19-2:

SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM

PWMxDCL<7:6>

Duty Cycle registers

PWMxDCH

PWMxOUT

to other peripherals: CLC and CWG

Latched

(Not visible to user)

Output Enable (PWMxOE)

TRIS Control

PWMx

0

1

Q

Comparator

R

S

TMR2 Module

(1)

Output Polarity (PWMxPOL)

TMR2

Comparator

PR2

Clear Timer,

PWMx pin and

latch Duty Cycle

Note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with the two Least Significant bits of 1/FOSC adjusted by

the Timer2 prescaler to create a 10-bit time base.

DS41586A-page 155

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events

occur on the next increment cycle:

19.1 PWMx Pin Configuration

All PWM outputs are multiplexed with the PORT data

latch. The user must configure the pins as outputs by

clearing the associated TRIS bits.

• TMR2 is cleared

• The PWM output is active. (Exception: When the

PWM duty cycle = 0%, the PWM output will

remain inactive.)

Note:

Clearing the PWMxOE bit will relinquish

control of the PWMx pin.

• The PWMxDCH and PWMxDCL register values

are latched into the buffers.

19.1.1

FUNDAMENTAL OPERATION

The PWM module produces a 10-bit resolution output.

Timer2 and PR2 set the period of the PWM. The

PWMxDCL and PWMxDCH registers configure the

duty cycle. The period is common to all PWM modules,

whereas the duty cycle is independently controlled.

Note:

The Timer2 postscaler has no effect on

the PWM operation.

19.1.4

PWM DUTY CYCLE

The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit

value to the PWMxDCH and PWMxDCL register pair.

The PWMxDCH register contains the eight MSbs and

the PWMxDCL<7:6>, the two LSbs. The PWMxDCH

and PWMxDCL registers can be written to at any time.

Note:

The Timer2 postscaler is not used in the

determination of the PWM frequency. The

postscaler could be used to have a servo

update rate at a different frequency than

the PWM output.

Equation 19-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse

width.

All PWM outputs associated with Timer2 are set when

TMR2 is cleared. Each PWMx is cleared when TMR2

is equal to the value specified in the corresponding

PWMxDCH (8 MSb) and PWMxDCL<7:6> (2 LSb) reg-

isters. When the value is greater than or equal to PR2,

the PWM output is never cleared (100% duty cycle).

Equation 19-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle

ratio.

EQUATION 19-2: PULSE WIDTH

Note:

The PWMxDCH and PWMxDCL registers

are double buffered. The buffers are

updated when Timer2 matches PR2. Care

should be taken to update both registers

before the timer match occurs.

Pulse Width = PWMxDCH:PWMxDCL<7:6> 

TOSC

 (TMR2 Prescale Value)

Note: TOSC = 1/FOSC

19.1.2

PWM OUTPUT POLARITY

EQUATION 19-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO

The output polarity is inverted by setting the PWMxPOL

bit of the PWMxCON register.

PWMxDCH:PWMxDCL<7:6>

Duty Cycle Ratio = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4PR2 + 1

19.1.3

PWM PERIOD

The PWM period is specified by the PR2 register of

Timer2. The PWM period can be calculated using the

formula of Equation 19-1.

The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with the

two Least Significant bits of 1/FOSC, adjusted by the

Timer2 prescaler to create the 10-bit time base. The

system clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to

1:1.

EQUATION 19-1: PWM PERIOD

PWM Period = PR2 + 1  4  TOSC 

(TMR2 Prescale Value)

Note:

TOSC = 1/FOSC

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 156

PIC16(L)F1507

19.1.5

PWM RESOLUTION

The resolution determines the number of available duty

cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolu-

tion will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an

8-bit resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles.

The maximum PWM resolution is 10 bits when PR2 is

255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register

value as shown by Equation 19-4.

EQUATION 19-4: PWM RESOLUTION

log4PR2 + 1

Resolution = ----------------------------------------- bits

log2

Note:

If the pulse width value is greater than the

period the assigned PWM pin(s) will

remain unchanged.

TABLE 19-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz)

PWM Frequency

0.31 kHz

4.88 kHz

19.53 kHz

78.12 kHz

156.3 kHz

208.3 kHz

Timer Prescale (1, 4, 64)

PR2 Value

64

0xFF

10

4

1

0x3F

8

1

0x1F

7

1

0xFF

10

0xFF

10

0x17

6.6

Maximum Resolution (bits)

TABLE 19-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz)

PWM Frequency

0.31 kHz

4.90 kHz

19.61 kHz

76.92 kHz

153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz

Timer Prescale (1, 4, 64)

PR2 Value

64

0x65

8

4

0x65

8

1

0x65

8

1

0x19

6

1

0x0C

5

1

0x09

5

Maximum Resolution (bits)

19.1.6

OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE

In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment

and the state of the module will not change. If the

PWMx pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that

value. When the device wakes up, TMR2 will continue

from its previous state.

19.1.7

CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK

FREQUENCY

The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock

frequency (FOSC). Any changes in the system clock fre-

quency will result in changes to the PWM frequency.

Refer to Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module” for addi-

tional details.

19.1.8

EFFECTS OF RESET

Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the

PWM registers to their Reset states.

DS41586A-page 157

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

19.1.9

SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION

USING PWMx PINS

The following steps should be taken when configuring

the module for PWM operation using the PWMx pins:

1. Disable the PWMx pin output driver(s) by setting

the associated TRIS bit(s).

2. Clear the PWMxCON register.

3. Load the PR2 register with the PWM period

value.

4. Clear the PWMxDCH register and bits <7:6> of

the PWMxDCL register.

5. Configure and start Timer2:

• Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1

register. See Note below.

• Configure the T2CKPS bits of the T2CON register

with the Timer2 prescale value.

• Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit of the

T2CON register.

6. Enable PWM output pin and wait until Timer2

overflows, TMR2IF bit of the PIR1 register is set.

See note below.

7. Enable the PWMx pin output driver(s) by clear-

ing the associated TRIS bit(s) and setting the

PWMxOE bit of the PWMxCON register.

8. Configure the PWM module by loading the

PWMxCON register with the appropriate values.

Note 1: In order to send a complete duty cycle

and period on the first PWM output, the

above steps must be followed in the order

given. If it is not critical to start with a

complete PWM signal, then move Step 8

to replace Step 4.

2: For operation with other peripherals only,

disable PWMx pin outputs.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 158

PIC16(L)F1507

19.2 PWM Register Definitions

REGISTER 19-1: PWMxCON: PWM CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0

R-0/0

R/W-0/0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

PWMxEN

PWMxOE

PWMxOUT PWMxPOL

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7

bit 6

PWMxEN: PWM Module Enable bit

1= PWM module is enabled

0= PWM module is disabled

PWMxOE: PWM Module Output Enable bit

1= Output to PWMx pin is enabled

0= Output to PWMx pin is disabled

bit 5

bit 4

PWMxOUT: PWM Module Output Value bit

PWMxPOL: PWMx Output Polarity Select bit

1= PWM output is active low

0= PWM output is active high

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS41586A-page 159

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 19-2: PWMxDCH: PWM DUTY CYCLE HIGH BITS

R/W-x/u

bit 0

PWMxDCH<7:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

PWMxDCH<7:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Most Significant bits

These bits are the MSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The two LSbs are found in the PWMxDCL register.

REGISTER 19-3: PWMxDCL: PWM DUTY CYCLE LOW BITS

R/W-x/u

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

PWMxDCL<7:6>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

PWMxDCL<7:6>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits

These bits are the LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The MSbs are found in the PWMxDCH register.

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TABLE 19-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

PR2

Timer2 module Period Register

151*

159

160

159

160

159

160

153

151*

PWM1CON

PWM1DCH

PWM1DCL

PWM2CON

PWM2DCH

PWM2DCL

PWM3CON

PWM3DCH

PWM3DCL

PWM4CON

PWM4DCH

PWM4DCL

T2CON

PWM1EN

PWM1OE

PWM1OUT

PWM1POL

—

PWM1DCH<7:0>

PWM1DCL<7:6>

—

PWM2EN

PWM3EN

PWM2OE

PWM2OUT

PWM2POL

PWM2DCH<7:0>

PWM2DCL<7:6>

—

PWM3OE

PWM4OE

PWM3OUT

PWM3POL

PWM3DCH<7:0>

PWM3DCL<7:6>

—

PWM4EN

PWM4OUT

PWM4POL

PWM4DCH<7:0>

PWM4DCL<7:6>

—

T2OUTPS<3:0>

TMR2ON

T2CKPS<1:0>

TMR2

Timer2 module Register

—(1)

TRISA

—

TRISA5

TRISC5

TRISA4

TRISA2

TRISC2

TRISA1

TRISC1

TRISA0

TRISC0

102

109

TRISC

TRISC7

TRISC6

TRISC4

TRISC3

Legend:

-= Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’, u= unchanged, x= unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the PWM.

*

Page provides register information.

Note 1:

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 160

PIC16(L)F1507

Refer to Figure 20-1 for a simplified diagram showing

signal flow through the CLCx.

20.0 CONFIGURABLE LOGIC CELL

(CLC)

Possible configurations include:

The Configurable Logic Cell (CLCx) provides program-

mable logic that operates outside the speed limitations

of software execution. The logic cell takes up to 16

input signals and through the use of configurable gates

reduces the 16 inputs to four logic lines that drive one

of eight selectable single-output logic functions.

•

Combinatorial Logic

- AND

- NAND

- AND-OR

- AND-OR-INVERT

- OR-XOR

Input sources are a combination of the following:

• I/O pins

- OR-XNOR

• Internal clocks

• Peripherals

• Register bits

• Latches

- S-R

- Clocked D with Set and Reset

- Transparent D with Set and Reset

- Clocked J-K with Reset

The output can be directed internally to peripherals and

to an output pin.

FIGURE 20-1:

CLCx SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM

D

Q

LCxOUT

CLCxIN[0]

CLCxIN[1]

CLCxIN[2]

CLCxIN[3]

CLCxIN[4]

CLCxIN[5]

CLCxIN[6]

CLCxIN[7]

CLCxIN[8]

CLCxIN[9]

CLCxIN[10]

CLCxIN[11]

CLCxIN[12]

CLCxIN[13]

CLCxIN[14]

CLCxIN[15]

MLCxOUT

Q1

LE

See Figure 20-3

LCxOE

LCxEN

lcxg1

TRIS Control

CLCx

lcxg2

lcxg3

lcxg4

Logic

lcxq

lcx_out

Function

LCxPOL

Interrupt

det

LCxINTP

LCxINTN

Interrupt

det

LCxMODE<2:0>

sets

CLCxIF

flag

See Figure 20-2

DS41586A-page 161

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

20.1.1

DATA SELECTION

20.1 CLCx Setup

There are 16 signals available as inputs to the configu-

rable logic. Four 8-input multiplexers are used to select

the inputs to pass on to the next stage. The 16 inputs to

the multiplexers are arranged in groups of four. Each

group is available to two of the four multiplexers, in

each case, paired with a different group. This arrange-

ment makes possible selection of up to two from a

group without precluding a selection from another

group.

Programming the CLCx module is performed by config-

uring the 4 stages in the logic signal flow. The 4 stages

are:

• Data selection

• Data gating

• Logic function selection

• Output polarity

Each stage is setup at run time by writing to the corre-

sponding CLCx Special Function Registers. This has

the added advantage of permitting logic reconfiguration

on-the-fly during program execution.

Data inputs are selected with the CLCxSEL0 and

CLCxSEL1 registers (Register 20-3 and Register 20-4,

respectively).

Data inputs are selected with CLCxSEL0 and

CLCxSEL1 registers (Register 20-3 and Register 20-4,

respectively).

Data selection is through four multiplexers as indicated

on the left side of Figure 20-2. Data inputs in the figure

are identified by a generic numbered input name.

Table 20-1 correlates the generic input name to the

actual signal for each CLC module. The columns labeled

lcxd1 through lcxd4 indicate the MUX output for the

selected data input. D1S through D4S are abbreviations

for the MUX select input codes: LCxD1S<2:0> through

LCxD4S<2:0>, respectively. Selecting a data input in a

column excludes all other inputs in that column.

Note:

Data selections are undefined at power-up.

TABLE 20-1: CLCx DATA INPUT SELECTION

lcxd1

D1S

lcxd2

D2S

lcxd3

D3S

lcxd4

D4S

Data Input

CLC 1

CLC1IN0

CLC 2

CLC2IN0

CLCxIN[0]

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

—

100

101

110

111

—

CLCxIN[1]

CLCxIN[2]

CLCxIN[3]

CLCxIN[4]

CLCxIN[5]

CLCxIN[6]

CLCxIN[7]

CLCxIN[8]

CLCxIN[9]

CLCxIN[10]

CLCxIN[11]

CLCxIN[12]

CLCxIN[13]

CLCxIN[14]

CLCxIN[15]

CLC1IN1

Reserved

FOSC

CLC2IN1

Reserved

FOSC

—

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

—

TMR0IF

—

TMR1IF

—

TMR2 = PR2

lcx1_out

TMR2 = PR2

lcx1_out

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

111

—

lcx2_out

—

lcx3_out

—

lcx4_out

—

000

001

010

011

NCO1OUT

HFINTOSC

PWM3OUT

PWM4OUT

LFINTOSC

ADCFRC

PWM1OUT

PWM2OUT

—

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 162

PIC16(L)F1507

Data gating is indicated in the right side of Figure 20-2.

Only one gate is shown in detail. The remaining three

gates are configured identically with the exception that

the data enables correspond to the enables for that

gate.

20.1.2

DATA GATING

Outputs from the input multiplexers are directed to the

desired logic function input through the data gating

stage. Each data gate can direct any combination of the

four selected inputs.

20.1.3

LOGIC FUNCTION

Note:

Data gating is undefined at power-up.

There are 8 available logic functions including:

The gate stage is more than just signal direction. The

gate can be configured to direct each input signal as

inverted or non-inverted data. Directed signals are

ANDed together in each gate. The output of each gate

can be inverted before going on to the logic function

stage.

• AND-OR

• OR-XOR

• AND

• S-R Latch

• D Flip-Flop with Set and Reset

• D Flip-Flop with Reset

• J-K Flip-Flop with Reset

• Transparent Latch with Set and Reset

The gating is in essence

a

1-to-4 input

AND/NAND/OR/NOR gate. When every input is

inverted and the output is inverted, the gate is an OR of

all enabled data inputs. When the inputs and output are

not inverted, the gate is an AND or all enabled inputs.

Logic functions are shown in Figure 20-3. Each logic

function has four inputs and one output. The four inputs

are the four data gate outputs of the previous stage.

The output is fed to the inversion stage and from there

to other peripherals, an output pin, and back to the

CLCx itself.

Table 20-2 summarizes the basic logic that can be

obtained in gate 1 by using the gate logic select bits.

The table shows the logic of four input variables, but

each gate can be configured to use less than four. If

no inputs are selected, the output will be zero or one,

depending on the gate output polarity bit.

20.1.4

OUTPUT POLARITY

The last stage in the configurable logic cell is the output

polarity. Setting the LCxPOL bit of the CLCxCON reg-

ister inverts the output signal from the logic stage.

Changing the polarity while the interrupts are enabled

will cause an interrupt for the resulting output transition.

TABLE 20-2: DATA GATING LOGIC

CLCxGLS0

LCxG1POL

Gate Logic

0x55

0xAA

0x00

1

0

1

0

1

AND

NAND

NOR

OR

Logic 0

Logic 1

It is possible (but not recommended) to select both the

true and negated values of an input. When this is done,

the gate output is zero, regardless of the other inputs,

but may emit logic glitches (transient-induced pulses).

If the output of the channel must be zero or one, the

recommended method is to set all gate bits to zero and

use the gate polarity bit to set the desired level.

Data gating is configured with the logic gate select reg-

isters as follows:

• Gate 1: CLCxGLS0 (Register 20-5)

• Gate 2: CLCxGLS1 (Register 20-6)

• Gate 3: CLCxGLS2 (Register 20-7)

• Gate 4: CLCxGLS3 (Register 20-8)

Register number suffixes are different than the gate

numbers because other variations of this module have

multiple gate selections in the same register.

DS41586A-page 163

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

• PEIE and GIE bits of the INTCON register

20.1.5

CLCx SETUP STEPS

The LCxIF bit of the associated PIR registers, must be

cleared in software as part of the interrupt service. If

another edge is detected while this flag is being

cleared, the flag will still be set at the end of the

sequence.

The following steps should be followed when setting up

the CLCx:

• Disable CLCx by clearing the LCxEN bit.

• Select desired inputs using CLCxSEL0 and

CLCxSEL1 registers (See Table 20-1).

• Clear any associated ANSEL bits.

20.3 Output Mirror Copies

• Set all TRIS bits associated with inputs.

Mirror copies of all LCxCON output bits are contained

in the CLCxDATA register. Reading this register reads

the outputs of all CLCs simultaneously. This prevents

any reading skew introduced by testing or reading the

CLCxOUT bits in the individual CLCxCON registers.

• Clear all TRIS bits associated with outputs.

• Enable the chosen inputs through the four gates

using CLCxGLS0, CLCxGLS1, CLCxGLS2, and

CLCxGLS3 registers.

• Select the gate output polarities with the LCx-

POLy bits of the CLCxPOL register.

20.4 Effects of a Reset

• Select the desired logic function with the

LCxMODE<2:0> bits of the CLCxCON register.

The CLCxCON register is cleared to zero as the result

of a Reset. All other selection and gating values remain

unchanged.

• Select the desired polarity of the logic output with

the LCxPOL bit of the CLCxPOL register. (This

step may be combined with the previous gate out-

put polarity step).

20.5 Operation During Sleep

• If driving the CLCx pin, set the LCxOE bit of the

CLCxCON register and also clear the TRIS bit

corresponding to that output.

The CLC module operates independently from the

system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,

provided that the input sources selected remain active.

• If interrupts are desired, configure the following

bits:

The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep when the

CLC module is enabled and the HFINTOSC is

selected as an input source, regardless of the system

clock source selected.

- Set the LCxINTP bit in the CLCxCON register

for rising event.

- Set the LCxINTN bit in the CLCxCON

register or falling event.

In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously

selected as the system clock and as a CLC input

source, when the CLC is enabled, the CPU will go idle

during Sleep, but the CLC will continue to operate and

the HFINTOSC will remain active.

- Set the CLCxIE bit of the associated PIE

registers.

- Set the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON

register.

This will have a direct effect on the Sleep mode current.

• Enable the CLCx by setting the LCxEN bit of the

CLCxCON register.

20.2 CLCx Interrupts

An interrupt will be generated upon a change in the

output value of the CLCx when the appropriate interrupt

enables are set. A rising edge detector and a falling

edge detector are present in each CLC for this purpose.

The LCxIF bit of the associated PIR registers will be set

when either edge detector is triggered and its associ-

ated enable bit is set. The LCxINTP enables rising

edge interrupts and the LCxINTN bit enables falling

edge interrupts. Both are located in the CLCxCON reg-

ister.

To fully enable the interrupt, set the following bits:

• LCxON bit of the CLCxCON register

• LCxIE bit of the associated PIE registers

• LCxINTP bit of the CLCxCON register (for a rising

edge detection)

• LCxINTN bit of the CLCxCON register (for a fall-

ing edge detection)

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 164

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 20-2:

INPUT DATA SELECTION AND GATING

Data Selection

CLCxIN[0]

CLCxIN[1]

CLCxIN[2]

CLCxIN[3]

CLCxIN[4]

CLCxIN[5]

CLCxIN[6]

CLCxIN[7]

000

Data GATE 1

lcxd1T

lcxd1N

LCxD1G1T

LCxD1G1N

LCxD2G1T

LCxD2G1N

LCxD3G1T

LCxD3G1N

LCxD4G1T

LCxD4G1N

111

000

LCxD1S<2:0>

lcxg1

CLCxIN[4]

CLCxIN[5]

CLCxIN[6]

CLCxIN[7]

CLCxIN[8]

CLCxIN[9]

CLCxIN[10]

CLCxIN[11]

LCxG1POL

lcxd2T

lcxd2N

111

000

LCxD2S<2:0>

LCxD3S<2:0>

LCxD4S<2:0>

CLCxIN[8]

CLCxIN[9]

Data GATE 2

CLCxIN[10]

CLCxIN[11]

CLCxIN[12]

CLCxIN[13]

CLCxIN[14]

CLCxIN[15]

lcxg2

lcxd3T

lcxd3N

(Same as Data GATE 1)

Data GATE 3

111

000

lcxg3

lcxg4

(Same as Data GATE 1)

Data GATE 4

CLCxIN[12]

CLCxIN[13]

CLCxIN[14]

CLCxIN[15]

CLCxIN[0]

CLCxIN[1]

CLCxIN[2]

CLCxIN[3]

(Same as Data GATE 1)

lcxd4T

lcxd4N

111

Note:

All controls are undefined at power-up.

DS41586A-page 165

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 20-3:

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC FUNCTIONS

AND - OR

OR - XOR

lcxg1

lcxg2

lcxg3

lcxg4

lcxg1

lcxg2

lcxg3

lcxg4

lcxq

LCxMODE<2:0>= 000

LCxMODE<2:0>= 001

4-Input AND

S-R Latch

lcxg1

lcxg2

lcxg3

lcxg4

lcxq

S

R

Q

lcxg2

lcxg3

lcxg4

lcxq

LCxMODE<2:0>= 010

LCxMODE<2:0>= 011

1-Input D Flip-Flop with S and R

2-Input D Flip-Flop with R

lcxg4

lcxg2

S

lcxq

D

Q

lcxg2

lcxq

D

Q

lcxg1

lcxg3

lcxg1

lcxg3

R

LCxMODE<2:0>= 100

LCxMODE<2:0>= 101

J-K Flip-Flop with R

1-Input Transparent Latch with S and R

lcxg4

lcxg2

lcxg1

lcxg4

lcxq

J

Q

S

lcxg2

lcxq

D

Q

K

R

LE

lcxg1

lcxg3

R

lcxg3

LCxMODE<2:0>= 110

LCxMODE<2:0>= 111

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 166

PIC16(L)F1507

20.6 CLCx Control Registers

REGISTER 20-1: CLCxCON: CONFIGURABLE LOGIC CELL CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0

LCxEN

R/W-0/0

LCxOE

R-0/0

R/W-0/0

bit 0

LCxOUT

LCxINTP

LCxINTN

LCxMODE<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

bit 6

LCxEN: Configurable Logic Cell Enable bit

1= Configurable logic cell is enabled and mixing input signals

0= Configurable logic cell is disabled and has logic zero output

LCxOE: Configurable Logic Cell Output Enable bit

1= Configurable logic cell port pin output enabled

0= Configurable logic cell port pin output disabled

bit 5

bit 4

LCxOUT: Configurable Logic Cell Data Output bit

Read-only: logic cell output data, after LCxPOL; sampled from lcx_out wire.

LCxINTP: Configurable Logic Cell Positive Edge Going Interrupt Enable bit

1= LCxIF will be set when a rising edge occurs on lcx_out

0= LCxIF will not be set

bit 3

LCxINTN: Configurable Logic Cell Negative Edge Going Interrupt Enable bit

1= LCxIF will be set when a falling edge occurs on lcx_out

0= LCxIF will not be set

bit 2-0

LCxMODE<2:0>: Configurable Logic Cell Functional Mode bits

111= Cell is 1-input transparent latch with S and R

110= Cell is J-K Flip-Flop with R

101= Cell is 2-input D Flip-Flop with R

100= Cell is 1-input D Flip-Flop with S and R

011= Cell is S-R latch

010= Cell is 4-input AND

001= Cell is OR-XOR

000= Cell is AND-OR

DS41586A-page 167

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-2: CLCxPOL: SIGNAL POLARITY CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0

LCxPOL

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

LCxG4POL LCxG3POL

LCxG2POL LCxG1POL

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7

LCxPOL: LCOUT Polarity Control bit

1= The output of the logic cell is inverted

0= The output of the logic cell is not inverted

bit 6-4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

LCxG4POL: Gate 4 Output Polarity Control bit

1= The output of gate 4 is inverted when applied to the logic cell

0= The output of gate 4 is not inverted

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

LCxG3POL: Gate 3 Output Polarity Control bit

1= The output of gate 3 is inverted when applied to the logic cell

0= The output of gate 3 is not inverted

LCxG2POL: Gate 2 Output Polarity Control bit

1= The output of gate 2 is inverted when applied to the logic cell

0= The output of gate 2 is not inverted

LCxG1POL: Gate 1 Output Polarity Control bit

1= The output of gate 1 is inverted when applied to the logic cell

0= The output of gate 1 is not inverted

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 168

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-3: CLCxSEL0: MULTIPLEXER DATA 1 AND 2 SELECT REGISTER

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

LCxD2S<2:0>

LCxD1S<2:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-4

LCxD2S<2:0>: Input Data 2 Selection Control bits⁽¹⁾

111= CLCxIN[11] is selected for lcxd2

110= CLCxIN[10] is selected for lcxd2

101= CLCxIN[9] is selected for lcxd2

100= CLCxIN[8] is selected for lcxd2

011= CLCxIN[7] is selected for lcxd2

010= CLCxIN[6] is selected for lcxd2

001= CLCxIN[5] is selected for lcxd2

000= CLCxIN[4] is selected for lcxd2

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

LCxD1S<2:0>: Input Data 1 Selection Control bits⁽¹⁾

111= CLCxIN[7] is selected for lcxd1

110= CLCxIN[6] is selected for lcxd1

101= CLCxIN[5] is selected for lcxd1

100= CLCxIN[4] is selected for lcxd1

011= CLCxIN[3] is selected for lcxd1

010= CLCxIN[2] is selected for lcxd1

001= CLCxIN[1] is selected for lcxd1

000= CLCxIN[0] is selected for lcxd1

Note 1: See Table 20-1 for signal names associated with inputs.

DS41586A-page 169

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-4: CLCxSEL1: MULTIPLEXER DATA 3 AND 4 SELECT REGISTER

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

LCxD4S<2:0>

LCxD3S<2:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-4

LCxD4S<2:0>: Input Data 4 Selection Control bits⁽¹⁾

111= CLCxIN[3] is selected for lcxd4

110= CLCxIN[2] is selected for lcxd4

101= CLCxIN[1] is selected for lcxd4

100= CLCxIN[0] is selected for lcxd4

011= CLCxIN[15] is selected for lcxd4

010= CLCxIN[14] is selected for lcxd4

001= CLCxIN[13] is selected for lcxd4

000= CLCxIN[12] is selected for lcxd4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

LCxD3S<2:0>: Input Data 3 Selection Control bits⁽¹⁾

111= CLCxIN[15] is selected for lcxd3

110= CLCxIN[14] is selected for lcxd3

101= CLCxIN[13] is selected for lcxd3

100= CLCxIN[12] is selected for lcxd3

011= CLCxIN[11] is selected for lcxd3

010= CLCxIN[10] is selected for lcxd3

001= CLCxIN[9] is selected for lcxd3

000= CLCxIN[8] is selected for lcxd3

Note 1: See Table 20-1 for signal names associated with inputs.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 170

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-5: CLCxGLS0: GATE 1 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER

R/W-x/u

LCxG1D4T

LCxG1D4N LCxG1D3T LCxG1D3N LCxG1D2T

LCxG1D2N

LCxG1D1T LCxG1D1N

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

LCxG1D4T: Gate 1 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd4T is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg1

LCxG1D4N: Gate 1 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd4N is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg1

LCxG1D3T: Gate 1 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd3T is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg1

LCxG1D3N: Gate 1 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd3N is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg1

LCxG1D2T: Gate 1 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd2T is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg1

LCxG1D2N: Gate 1 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd2N is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg1

LCxG1D1T: Gate 1 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd1T is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg1

LCxG1D1N: Gate 1 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd1N is gated into lcxg1

0= lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg1

DS41586A-page 171

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-6: CLCxGLS1: GATE 2 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER

R/W-x/u

LCxG2D4T

LCxG2D4N LCxG2D3T LCxG2D3N LCxG2D2T

LCxG2D2N

LCxG2D1T LCxG2D1N

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

LCxG2D4T: Gate 2 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd4T is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg2

LCxG2D4N: Gate 2 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd4N is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg2

LCxG2D3T: Gate 2 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd3T is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg2

LCxG2D3N: Gate 2 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd3N is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg2

LCxG2D2T: Gate 2 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd2T is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg2

LCxG2D2N: Gate 2 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd2N is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg2

LCxG2D1T: Gate 2 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd1T is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg2

LCxG2D1N: Gate 2 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd1N is gated into lcxg2

0= lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg2

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 172

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-7: CLCxGLS2: GATE 3 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER

R/W-x/u

LCxG3D4T

LCxG3D4N LCxG3D3T LCxG3D3N LCxG3D2T

LCxG3D2N

LCxG3D1T LCxG3D1N

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

LCxG3D4T: Gate 3 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd4T is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg3

LCxG3D4N: Gate 3 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd4N is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg3

LCxG3D3T: Gate 3 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd3T is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg3

LCxG3D3N: Gate 3 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd3N is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg3

LCxG3D2T: Gate 3 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd2T is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg3

LCxG3D2N: Gate 3 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd2N is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg3

LCxG3D1T: Gate 3 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd1T is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg3

LCxG3D1N: Gate 3 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd1N is gated into lcxg3

0= lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg3

DS41586A-page 173

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-8: CLCxGLS3: GATE 4 LOGIC SELECT REGISTER

R/W-x/u

LCxG4D4T

LCxG4D4N LCxG4D3T LCxG4D3N LCxG4D2T

LCxG4D2N

LCxG4D1T LCxG4D1N

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

LCxG4D4T: Gate 4 Data 4 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd4T is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd4T is not gated into lcxg4

LCxG4D4N: Gate 4 Data 4 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd4N is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd4N is not gated into lcxg4

LCxG4D3T: Gate 4 Data 3 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd3T is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd3T is not gated into lcxg4

LCxG4D3N: Gate 4 Data 3 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd3N is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd3N is not gated into lcxg4

LCxG4D2T: Gate 4 Data 2 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd2T is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd2T is not gated into lcxg4

LCxG4D2N: Gate 4 Data 2 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd2N is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd2N is not gated into lcxg4

LCxG4D1T: Gate 4 Data 1 True (non-inverted) bit

1= lcxd1T is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd1T is not gated into lcxg4

LCxG4D1N: Gate 4 Data 1 Negated (inverted) bit

1= lcxd1N is gated into lcxg4

0= lcxd1N is not gated into lcxg4

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 174

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 20-9: CLCDATA: CLC DATA OUTPUT

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R-0

MLC2OUT

MLC1OUT

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

MLC2OUT: Mirror copy of LC2OUT bit

MLC1OUT: Mirror copy of LC1OUT bit

bit 0

DS41586A-page 175

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 20-3: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLCx

Register

on Page

Name

Bit7

Bit6

Bit5

Bit4

BIt3

Bit2

Bit1

Bit0

ANSELB

—

ANSB5

—

ANSB4

—

107

110

167

171

172

173

174

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

168

169

170

66

ANSELC

CLC1CON

CLC2CON

CLCDATA

CLC1GLS0

CLC1GLS1

CLC1GLS2

CLC1GLS3

CLC1POL

CLC1SEL0

CLC1SEL1

CLC2GLS0

CLC2GLS1

CLC2GLS2

CLC2GLS3

CLC2POL

CLC2SEL0

CLC2SEL1

INTCON

ANSC7

LC1EN

LC2EN

—

ANSC6

LC1OE

LC2OE

—

ANSC3

LC1INTN

LC2INTN

—

ANSC2

ANSC1

ANSC0

LC1OUT

LC2OUT

—

LC1INTP

LC2INTP

—

LC1MODE<2:0>

LC2MODE<2:0>

—

MLC2OUT MLC1OUT

LC1G1D4T LC1G1D4N LC1G1D3T LC1G1D3N LC1G1D2T LC1G1D2N LC1G1D1T LC1G1D1N

LC1G2D4T LC1G2D4N LC1G2D3T LC1G2D3N LC1G2D2T LC1G2D2N LC1G2D1T LC1G2D1N

LC1G3D4T LC1G3D4N LC1G3D3T LC1G3D3N LC1G3D2T LC1G3D2N LC1G3D1T LC1G3D1N

LC1G4D4T LC1G4D4N LC1G4D3T LC1G4D3N LC1G4D2T LC1G4D2N LC1G4D1T LC1G4D1N

LC1POL

—

LC1G4POL LC1G3POL LC1G2POL LC1G1POL

—

LC1D2S<2:0>

LC1D4S<2:0>

—

LC1D1S<2:0>

LC1D3S<2:0>

LC2G1D4T LC2G1D4N LC2G1D3T LC2G1D3N LC2G1D2T LC2G1D2N LC2G1D1T LC2G1D1N

LC2G2D4T LC2G2D4N LC2G2D3T LC2G2D3N LC2G2D2T LC2G2D2N LC2G2D1T LC2G2D1N

LC2G3D4T LC2G3D4N LC2G3D3T LC2G3D3N LC2G3D2T LC2G3D2N LC2G3D1T LC2G3D1N

LC2G4D4T LC2G4D4N LC2G4D3T LC2G4D3N LC2G4D2T LC2G4D2N LC2G4D1T LC2G4D1N

LC2POL

—

LC2D2S<2:0>

LC2D4S<2:0>

TMR0IE

—

LC2G4POL LC2G3POL LC2G2POL LC2G1POL

—

LC2D1S<2:0>

LC2D3S<2:0>

INTF

—

GIE

PEIE

—

INTE

—

IOCIE

—

TMR0IF

—

IOCIF

CLC1IE

CLC1IF

TRISA0

—

PIE3

—

CLC2IE

CLC2IF

TRISA1

—

69

PIR3

—

72

(1)

TRISA

—

TRISA5

TRISB5

TRISC5

TRISA4

TRISB4

TRISC4

—

TRISA2

—

102

106

109

TRISB

TRISB7

TRISC7

TRISB6

TRISC6

—

TRISC

TRISC3

TRISC2

TRISC1

TRISC0

Legend:

Note 1:

— = unimplemented read as ‘0’,. Shaded cells are not used for CLC module.

Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 176

PIC16(L)F1507

21.0 NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED

OSCILLATOR (NCO) MODULE

The Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCOx) module

is a timer that uses the overflow from the addition of an

increment value to divide the input frequency. The

advantage of the addition method over simple counter

driven timer is that the resolution of division does not

vary with the divider value. The NCOx is most useful for

applications that require frequency accuracy and fine

resolution at a fixed duty cycle.

Features of the NCOx include:

• 16-bit increment function

• Fixed Duty Cycle (FDC) mode

• Pulse Frequency (PF) mode

• Output pulse width control

• Multiple clock input sources

• Output polarity control

• Interrupt capability

Figure 21-1 is a simplified block diagram of the NCOx

module.

DS41586A-page 177

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

-

PIC16(L)F1507

21.1.3

ADDER

21.1 NCOx OPERATION

The NCOx Adder is a full adder, which operates

independently from the system clock. The addition of

the previous result and the increment value replaces

the accumulator value on the rising edge of each input

clock.

The NCOx operates by repeatedly adding a fixed value

to an accumulator. Additions occur at the input clock

rate. The accumulator will overflow with a carry

periodically, which is the raw NCOx output. This

effectively reduces the input clock by the ratio of the

addition value to the maximum accumulator value. See

Equation 21-1.

21.1.4

INCREMENT REGISTERS

The Increment value is stored in two 8-bit registers

making up a 16-bit increment. In order of LSB to MSB

they are:

The NCOx output can be further modified by stretching

the pulse or toggling a flip-flop. The modified NCOx

output is then distributed internally to other peripherals

and optionally output to a pin. The accumulator overflow

also generates an interrupt.

• NCOxINCL

• NCOxINCH

The NCOx period changes in discrete steps to create an

average frequency. This output depends on the ability of

the receiving circuit (i.e., CWG or external resonant

converter circuitry) to average the NCOx output to

reduce uncertainty.

Both of the registers are readable and writeable. The

Increment registers are double-buffered to allow for

value changes to be made without first disabling the

NCOx module.

The buffer loads are immediate when the module is dis-

abled. Writing to the NCOxINCH register first is neces-

sary because then the buffer is loaded synchronously

with the NCOx operation after the write is executed on

the NCOxINCL register.

21.1.1

NCOx CLOCK SOURCES

Clock sources available to the NCOx include:

• HFINTOSC

• FOSC

• LCxOUT

• CLKIN pin

Note: The increment buffer registers are not

user-accessible.

The NCOx clock source is selected by configuring the

NxCKS<2:0> bits in the NCOxCLK register.

21.1.2

ACCUMULATOR

The accumulator is a 20-bit register. Read and write

access to the Accumulator is available through three

registers:

• NCOxACCL

• NCOxACCH

• NCOxACCU

EQUATION 21-1:

NCO Clock Frequency  Increment Value

FOVERFLOW= --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2ⁿ

n = Accumulator width in bits

DS41586A-page 179

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

21.2 FIXED DUTY CYCLE (FDC) MODE

In Fixed Duty Cycle (FDC) mode, every time the

accumulator overflows, the output is toggled. This

provides a 50% duty cycle, provided that the increment

value remains constant. For more information, see

Figure 21-2.

The FDC mode is selected by clearing the NxPFM bit

in the NCOxCON register.

21.3 PULSE FREQUENCY (PF) MODE

In Pulse Frequency (PF) mode, every time the accumu-

lator overflows, the output becomes active for one or

more clock periods. Once the clock period expires, the

output returns to an inactive state. This provides a

pulsed output.

The output becomes active on the rising clock edge

immediately following the overflow event. For more

information, see Figure 21-2.

The value of the active and inactive states depends on

the polarity bit, NxPOL in the NCOxCON register.

The PF mode is selected by setting the NxPFM bit in

the NCOxCON register.

21.3.1

OUTPUT PULSE WIDTH CONTROL

When operating in PF mode, the active state of the out-

put can vary in width by multiple clock periods. Various

pulse widths are selected with the NxPWS<2:0> bits in

the NCOxCLK register.

When the selected pulse width is greater than the

accumulator overflow time frame, the output of the

NCOx operation is indeterminate.

21.4 OUTPUT POLARITY CONTROL

The last stage in the NCOx module is the output polar-

ity. The NxPOL bit in the NCOxCON register selects the

output polarity. Changing the polarity while the inter-

rupts are enabled will cause an interrupt for the result-

ing output transition.

The NCOx output can be used internally by source

code or other peripherals. Accomplish this by reading

the NxOUT (read-only) bit of the NCOxCON register.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 180

PIC16(L)F1507

21.5 Interrupts

When the accumulator overflows, the NCOx Interrupt

Flag bit, NCOxIF, of the PIRx register is set. To enable

the interrupt event, the following bits must be set:

• NxEN bit of the NCOxCON register

• NCOxIE bit of the PIEx register

• PEIE bit of the INTCON register

• GIE bit of the INTCON register

The interrupt must be cleared by software by clearing

the NCOxIF bit in the Interrupt Service Routine.

21.6 Effects of a Reset

All of the NCOx registers are cleared to zero as the

result of a Reset.

21.7 Operation In Sleep

The NCO module operates independently from the

system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,

provided that the clock source selected remains

active.

The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep when the

NCO module is enabled and the HFINTOSC is

selected as the clock source, regardless of the system

clock source selected.

In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously

selected as the system clock and the NCO clock

source, when the NCO is enabled, the CPU will go idle

during Sleep, but the NCO will continue to operate and

the HFINTOSC will remain active.

This will have a direct effect on the Sleep mode current.

21.8 Alternate Pin Locations

This module incorporates I/O pins that can be moved to

other locations with the use of the alternate pin function

register, APFCON. To determine which pins can be

moved and what their default locations are upon a

Reset, see Section 11.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for

more information.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 182

PIC16(L)F1507

21.9 NCOx Control Registers

REGISTER 21-1: NCOxCON: NCOx CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0

NxEN

R/W-0/0

NxOE

R-0/0

R/W-0/0

NxPOL

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

NxPFM

NxOUT

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

NxEN: NCOx Enable bit

1= NCOx module is enabled

0= NCOx module is disabled

NxOE: NCOx Output Enable bit

1= NCOx output pin is enabled

0= NCOx output pin is disabled

NxOUT: NCOx Output bit

1= NCOx output is high

0= NCOx output is low

NxPOL: NCOx Polarity bit

1= NCOx output signal is active high

0= NCOx output signal is active low

bit 3-1

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’.

NxPFM: NCOx Pulse Frequency Mode bit

1= NCOx operates in Pulse Frequency mode

0= NCOx operates in Fixed Duty Cycle mode

REGISTER 21-2: NCOxCLK: NCOx INPUT CLOCK CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0/0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

NxPWS<2:0>

NxCKS<1:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7-5

NxPWS<2:0>: NCOx Output Pulse Width Select bits^{(1, 2)}

111= 128 NCOx clock periods

110= 64 NCOx clock periods

101= 32 NCOx clock periods

100= 16 NCOx clock periods

011= 8 NCOx clock periods

010= 4 NCOx clock periods

001= 2 NCOx clock periods

000= 1 NCOx clock periods

bit 4-2

bit 1-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

NxCKS<1:0>: NCOx Clock Source Select bits

11= NCO1CLK

10= LC1OUT

01= FOSC

00= HFINTOSC (16 MHz)

Note 1: NxPWS applies only when operating in Pulse Frequency mode.

2: If NCOx pulse width is greater than NCOx overflow period, operation is undeterminate.

DS41586A-page 183

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 21-3: NCOxACCL: NCOx ACCUMULATOR REGISTER – LOW BYTE

R/W-0/0

bit 0

NCOxACC<7:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

NCOxACC<7:0>: NCOx Accumulator, low byte

REGISTER 21-4: NCOxACCH: NCOx ACCUMULATOR REGISTER – HIGH BYTE

R/W-0/0

bit 7

R/W-0/0

bit 0

NCOxACC<15:8>

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

NCOxACC<15:8>: NCOx Accumulator, high byte

REGISTER 21-5: NCOxACCU: NCOx ACCUMULATOR REGISTER – UPPER BYTE

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

NCOxACC<19:16>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 7-4

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

NCOxACC<19:16>: NCOx Accumulator, upper byte

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 184

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 21-6: NCOxINCL: NCOx INCREMENT REGISTER – LOW BYTE

R/W-0/0

R/W-1/1

NCOxINC<7:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

NCOxINC<7:0>: NCOx Increment, low byte

REGISTER 21-7: NCOxINCH: NCOx INCREMENT REGISTER – HIGH BYTE

R/W-0/0

NCOxINC<15:8>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

bit 7-0

NCOxINC<15:8>: NCOx Increment, high byte

DS41586A-page 185

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 21-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH NCOx

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

APFCON

INTCON

NCO1ACCH

NCO1ACCL

NCO1ACCU

NCO1CLK

NCO1CON

NCO1INCH

NCO1INCL

PIE2

—

CLC1SEL NCO1SEL

100

66

GIE

PEIE

TMR0IE

INTE

IOCIE

TMR0IF

INTF

IOCIF

NCO1ACC<15:8>

NCO1ACC<7:0>

184

183

185

68

—

NCO1ACC<19:16>

N1PWS<2:0>

N1OE

—

N1CKS<1:0>

N1EN

N1OUT

N1POL

—

N1PFM

NCO1INC<15:8>

NCO1INC<7:0>

—

NCO1IE

NCO1IF

TRISA2

TRISC2

—

PIR2

71

(1)

TRISA

—

TRISA5

TRISC5

TRISA4

TRISC4

—

TRISA1

TRISC1

TRISA0

TRISC0

102

109

TRISC

TRISC7

TRISC6

TRISC3

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, —= unimplemented read as ‘0’, q= value depends on condition. Shaded cells are not

used for ADC module.

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 186

PIC16(L)F1507

22.0 COMPLEMENTARY WAVEFORM

GENERATOR (CWG) MODULE

The Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG) pro-

duces a complementary waveform with dead-band

delay from a selection of input sources.

The CWG module has the following features:

• Selectable dead-band clock source control

• Selectable input sources

• Output enable control

• Output polarity control

• Dead-band control with independent 6-bit rising

and falling edge dead-band counters

• Auto-shutdown control with:

- Selectable shutdown sources

- Auto-restart enable

- Auto-shutdown pin override control

DS41586A-page 187

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 22-2:

TYPICAL CWG OPERATION WITH PWM1 (NO AUTO-SHUTDOWN)

cwg_clock

PWM1

CWGxA

Rising Edge

Dead Band

Rising Edge Dead Band

Falling Edge Dead Band

Rising Edge D

Falling Edge Dead Band

CWGxB

DS41586A-page 189

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

22.4.2

POLARITY CONTROL

22.1 Fundamental Operation

The polarity of each CWG output can be selected

independently. When the output polarity bit is set, the

corresponding output is active high. Clearing the output

polarity bit configures the corresponding output as

active low. However, polarity does not affect the

override levels. Output polarity is selected with the

GxPOLA and GxPOLB bits of the CWGxCON0 register.

The CWG generates a two output complementary

waveform from one of four selectable input sources.

The off-to-on transition of each output can be delayed

from the on-to-off transition of the other output, thereby,

creating a time delay immediately where neither output

is driven. This is referred to as dead time and is covered

in Section 22.5 “Dead-Band Control”. A typical

operating waveform, with dead band, generated from a

single input signal is shown in Figure 22-2.

22.5 Dead-Band Control

Dead-band control provides for non-overlapping output

signals to prevent shoot through current in power

switches. The CWG contains two 6-bit dead-band

counters. One dead-band counter is used for the rising

edge of the input source control. The other is used for

the falling edge of the input source control.

It may be necessary to guard against the possibility of

circuit faults or a feedback event arriving too late or not

at all. In this case, the active drive must be terminated

before the Fault condition causes damage. This is

referred to as auto-shutdown and is covered in

Section 22.9 “Auto-shutdown Control”.

Dead band is timed by counting CWG clock periods

from zero up to the value in the rising or falling dead-

band counter registers. See CWGxDBR and

CWGxDBF registers (Register 22-4 and Register 22-5,

respectively).

22.2 Clock Source

The CWG module allows for up to 2 different clock

sources to be selected:

• Fosc (system clock)

• HFINTOSC (16 MHz only)

22.6 Rising Edge Dead Band

The clock sources are selected using the G1CS0 bit of

the CWGxCON0 register (Register 22-1).

The rising edge dead-band delays the turn-on of the

CWGxA output from when the CWGxB output is turned

off. The rising edge dead-band time starts when the

rising edge of the input source signal goes true. When

this happens, the CWGxB output is immediately turned

off and the rising edge dead-band delay time starts.

When the rising edge dead-band delay time is reached,

the CWGxA output is turned on.

22.3 Selectable Input Sources

The CWG uses four different input sources to gener-

ate the complementary waveform:

• PWM1

• PWM2

• PWM3

• PWM4

• N1OUT

• LC1OUT

The CWGxDBR register sets the duration of the dead-

band interval on the rising edge of the input source

signal. This duration is from 0 to 64 counts of dead band.

Dead band is always counted off the edge on the input

source signal. A count of 0 (zero), indicates that no

dead band is present.

The input sources are selected using the GxIS<2:0>

bits in the CWGxCON1 register (Register 22-2).

If the input source signal is not present for enough time

for the count to be completed, no output will be seen on

the respective output.

22.4 Output Control

Immediately after the CWG module is enabled, the

complementary drive is configured with both CWGxA

and CWGxB drives cleared.

22.4.1

OUTPUT ENABLES

Each CWG output pin has individual output enable

control. Output enables are selected with the GxOEA

and GxOEB bits of the CWGxCON0 register. When an

output enable control is cleared, the module asserts no

control over the pin. When an output enable is set, the

override value or active PWM waveform is applied to

the pin per the port priority selection. The output pin

enables are dependent on the module enable bit,

GxEN. When GxEN is cleared, CWG output enables

and CWG drive levels have no effect.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 190

PIC16(L)F1507

22.7 Falling Edge Dead Band

The falling edge dead band delays the turn-on of the

CWGxB output from when the CWGxA output is turned

off. The falling edge dead-band time starts when the

falling edge of the input source goes true. When this

happens, the CWGxA output is immediately turned off

and the falling edge dead-band delay time starts. When

the falling edge dead-band delay time is reached, the

CWGxB output is turned on.

The CWGxDBF register sets the duration of the dead-

band interval on the falling edge of the input source sig-

nal. This duration is from 0 to 64 counts of dead band.

Dead band is always counted off the edge on the input

source signal. A count of 0 (zero), indicates that no

dead band is present.

If the input source signal is not present for enough time

for the count to be completed, no output will be seen on

the respective output.

Refer to Figure 22-3 and Figure 22-4 for examples.

22.8 Dead-Band Uncertainty

When the rising and falling edges of the input source

triggers the dead-band counters, the input may be asyn-

chronous. This will create some uncertainty in the dead-

band time delay. The maximum uncertainty is equal to

one CWG clock period. Refer to Equation 22-1 for more

detail.

DS41586A-page 191

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

EQUATION 22-1: DEAD-BAND

UNCERTAINTY

1

TDEADBAND_UNCERTAINTY = ----------------------------

Fcwg_clock

Example:

Fcwg_clock = 16 MHz

Therefore:

1

TDEADBAND_UNCERTAINTY = ----------------------------

Fcwg_clock

1

= ------------------

16 MHz

= 625ns

DS41586A-page 193

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

22.9 Auto-shutdown Control

22.10 Operation During Sleep

Auto-shutdown is a method to immediately override the

CWG output levels with specific overrides that allow for

safe shutdown of the circuit. The shutdown state can be

either cleared automatically or held until cleared by

software.

The CWG module operates independently from the

system clock and will continue to run during Sleep,

provided that the clock and input sources selected

remain active.

The HFINTOSC remains active during Sleep, provided

that the CWG module is enabled, the input source is

active, and the HFINTOSC is selected as the clock

source, regardless of the system clock source

selected.

22.9.1

SHUTDOWN

The shutdown state can be entered by either of the fol-

lowing two methods:

• Software generated

• External Input

In other words, if the HFINTOSC is simultaneously

selected as the system clock and the CWG clock

source, when the CWG is enabled and the input

source is active, the CPU will go idle during Sleep, but

the CWG will continue to operate and the HFINTOSC

will remain active.

22.9.1.1

Software Generated Shutdown

Setting the GxASE bit of the CWGxCON2 register will

force the CWG into the shutdown state.

When auto-restart is disabled, the shutdown state will

persist as long as the GxASE bit is set.

This will have a direct effect on the Sleep mode current.

When auto-restart is enabled, the GxASE bit will clear

automatically and resume operation on the next rising

edge event. See Figure 22-6.

22.9.1.2

External Input Source

External shutdown inputs provide the fastest way to

safely suspend CWG operation in the event of a Fault

condition. When any of the selected shutdown inputs

goes active, the CWG outputs will immediately go to

the selected override levels without software delay. Any

combination of two input sources can be selected to

cause a shutdown condition. The two sources are:

• LC2OUT

• CWG1FLT

Shutdown inputs are selected using the GxASDS0 and

GxASDS1 bits of the CWGxCON2 register.

(Register 22-3).

Note:

Shutdown inputs are level sensitive, not

edge sensitive. The shutdown state can-

not be cleared, except by disabling auto-

shutdown, as long as the shutdown input

level persists.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 194

PIC16(L)F1507

22.11.1 PIN OVERRIDE LEVELS

22.11 Configuring the CWG

The levels driven to the output pins, while the shutdown

input is true, are controlled by the GxASDLA and

GxASDLB bits of the CWGxCON2 register

(Register 22-3). GxASDLA controls the CWG1A

override level and GxASDLB controls the CWG1B

override level. The control bit logic level corresponds to

the output logic drive level while in the shutdown state.

The polarity control does not apply to the override level.

The following steps illustrate how to properly configure

the CWG to ensure a synchronous start:

1. Ensure that the TRIS control bits corresponding

to CWGxA and CWGxB are set so that both are

configured as inputs.

2. Clear the GxEN bit, if not already cleared.

3. Set desired dead-band times with the CWGxDBR

and CWGxDBF registers.

22.11.2 AUTO-SHUTDOWN RESTART

4. Setup the following controls in CWGxCON2

auto-shutdown register:

After an auto-shutdown event has occurred, there are

two ways to have resume operation:

• Select desired shutdown source.

• Select both output overrides to the desired

levels (this is necessary even if not using

auto-shutdown because start-up will be from

a shutdown state).

• Software controlled

• Auto-restart

The restart method is selected with the GxARSEN bit

of the CWGxCON2 register. Waveforms of software

controlled and automatic restarts are shown in

Figure 22-5 and Figure 22-6.

• Set the GxASE bit and clear the GxARSEN

bit.

5. Select the desired input source using the

CWGxCON1 register.

22.11.2.1 Software controlled restart

6. Configure the following controls in CWGxCON0

register:

When the GxARSEN bit of the CWGxCON2 register is

cleared, the CWG must be restarted after an auto-shut-

down event by software.

• Select desired clock source.

• Select the desired output polarities.

Clearing the shutdown state requires all selected shut-

down inputs to be low, otherwise the GxASE bit will

remain set. The overrides will remain in effect until the

first rising edge event after the GxASE bit is cleared.

The CWG will then resume operation.

• Set the output enables for the outputs to be

used.

7. Set the GxEN bit.

8. Clear TRIS control bits corresponding to

CWGxA and CWGxB to be used to configure

those pins as outputs.

22.11.2.2 Auto-Restart

When the GxARSEN bit of the CWGxCON2 register is

set, the CWG will restart from the auto-shutdown state

automatically.

9. If auto-restart is to be used, set the GxARSEN

bit and the GxASE bit will be cleared automati-

cally. Otherwise, clear the GxASE bit to start the

CWG.

The GxASE bit will clear automatically when all shut-

down sources go low. The overrides will remain in

effect until the first rising edge event after the GxASE

bit is cleared. The CWG will then resume operation.

DS41586A-page 195

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

22.12 CWG Control Registers

REGISTER 22-1: CWGxCON0: CWG CONTROL REGISTER 0

R/W-0/0

GxEN

R/W-0/0

GxOEB

R/W-0/0

GxOEA

R/W-0/0

GxPOLB

R/W-0/0

GxPOLA

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

GxCS0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

GxEN: CWGx Enable bit

1= Module is enabled

0= Module is disabled

GxOEB: CWGxB Output Enable bit

1= CWGxB is available on appropriate I/O pin

0= CWGxB is not available on appropriate I/O pin

GxOEA: CWGxA Output Enable bit

1= CWGxA is available on appropriate I/O pin

0= CWGxA is not available on appropriate I/O pin

GxPOLB: CWGxB Output Polarity bit

1= Output is inverted polarity

0= Output is normal polarity

GxPOLA: CWGxA Output Polarity bit

1= Output is inverted polarity

0= Output is normal polarity

bit 2-1

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

GxCS0: CWGx Clock Source bit

1= HFINTOSC

0= FOSC

DS41586A-page 197

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 22-2: CWGxCON1: CWG CONTROL REGISTER 1

R/W-x/u

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

GxASDLB<1:0>

GxASDLA<1:0>

GxIS<2:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7-6

GxASDLB<1:0>: CWGx Shutdown State for CWGxB

When an auto shutdown event is present (GxASE = 1):

11= CWGxB pin is driven to ‘1’, regardless of the setting of the GxPOLB bit.

10= CWGxB pin is driven to ‘0’, regardless of the setting of the GxPOLB bit.

01= CWGxB pin is tri-stated

00= CWGxB pin is driven to it’s inactive state after the selected dead-band interval. GxPOLB still will

control the polarity of the output.

bit 5-4

GxASDLA<1:0>: CWGx Shutdown State for CWGxA

When an auto shutdown event is present (GxASE = 1):

11= CWGxA pin is driven to ‘1’, regardless of the setting of the GxPOLA bit.

10= CWGxA pin is driven to ‘0’, regardless of the setting of the GxPOLA bit.

01= CWGxA pin is tri-stated

00= CWGxA pin is driven to it’s inactive state after the selected dead-band interval. GxPOLA still will

control the polarity of the output.

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

GxIS<2:0>: CWGx Dead-Band Source Select bits

111= LC1OUT

110= N1OUT

101= PWM4OUT

100= PWM3OUT

011= PWM2OUT

010= PWM1OUT

001= Reserved

000= Reserved

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 198

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 22-3: CWGxCON2: CWG CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0/0

GxASE

R/W-0/0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0/0

GxARSEN

GxASDFLT GxASDCLC2

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7

bit 6

GxASE: Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit

1= An auto-shutdown event has occurred

0= No auto-shutdown event has occurred

GxARSEN: Auto-Restart Enable bit

1= Auto-restart is enabled

0= Auto-restart is disabled

bit 5-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

GxASDFLT: CWG Auto-shutdown on FLT Enable bit

1= Shutdown when CWG1FLT in put is low

0= CWG1FLT input has no effect on shutdown

bit 0

GxASDCLC2: CWG Auto-shutdown on CLC2 Enable bit

1= Shutdown when LC2OUT is high

0= LC2OUT has no effect on shutdown

DS41586A-page 199

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

REGISTER 22-4: CWGxDBR: COMPLEMENTARY WAVEFORM GENERATOR (CWGx) RISING

DEAD-BAND COUNT REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

CWGxDBR<5:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CWGxDBR<5:0>: Complementary Waveform Generator (CWGx) Rising counts

11 1111= 63-64 counts of dead band

11 1110= 62-63 counts of dead band





00 0010= 2-3 counts of dead band

00 0001= 1-2 counts of dead band

00 0000= 0 counts of dead band

REGISTER 22-5: CWGxDBF: COMPLEMENTARY WAVEFORM GENERATOR (CWGx) FALLING

DEAD-BAND COUNT REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-x/u

CWGxDBF<5:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

u = Bit is unchanged

‘1’ = Bit is set

W = Writable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

x = Bit is unknown

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

-n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets

q = Value depends on condition

bit 7-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CWGxDBF<5:0>: Complementary Waveform Generator (CWGx) Falling counts

11 1111= 63-64 counts of dead band

11 1110= 62-63 counts of dead band





00 0010= 2-3 counts of dead band

00 0001= 1-2 counts of dead band

00 0000= 0 counts of dead band. Dead-band generation is bypassed.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 200

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 22-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CWG

Register

on Page

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

ANSELA

—

ANSA4

—

G1POLA

—

ANSA2

—

ANSA1

—

ANSA0

G1CS0

103

197

198

199

200

102

109

CWG1CON0

CWG1CON1

CWG1CON2

CWG1DBF

CWG1DBR

TRISA

G1EN

G1OEB

G1OEA

G1POLB

G1ASDLB<1:0>

G1ASDLA<1:0>

G1IS<1:0>

—

G1ASE

G1ARSEN

G1ASDS1

G1ASDS0

—

CWG1DBF<5:0>

—

CWG1DBR<5:0>

(1)

—

TRISA5

TRISC5

TRISA4

TRISC4

TRISA2

TRISC2

TRISA1

TRISC1

TRISA0

TRISC0

—

TRISC

TRISC7

TRISC6

TRISC3

Legend:

x= unknown, u= unchanged, –= unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by CWG.

Note 1: Unimplemented, read as ‘1’.

DS41586A-page 201

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 202

PIC16(L)F1507

23.0 IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL

PROGRAMMING™ (ICSP™)

ICSP™ programming allows customers to manufacture

circuit boards with unprogrammed devices. Programming

can be done after the assembly process allowing the

device to be programmed with the most recent firmware

or a custom firmware. Five pins are needed for ICSP™

programming:

• ICSPCLK

• ICSPDAT

• MCLR/VPP

• VDD

• VSS

In Program/Verify mode the Program Memory, User IDs

and the Configuration Words are programmed through

serial communications. The ICSPDAT pin is a bidirec-

tional I/O used for transferring the serial data and the

ICSPCLK pin is the clock input. For more information on

ICSP™ refer to the “PIC12(L)F1501/PIC16(L)F150X

Memory Programming Specification” (DS41573).

23.1 High-Voltage Programming Entry

Mode

The device is placed into High-Voltage Programming

Entry mode by holding the ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT

pins low then raising the voltage on MCLR/VPP to VIHH.

Some programmers produce VPP greater than VIHH

(9.0V), an external circuit is required to limit the VPP

voltage. See Figure 23-1 for example circuit.

FIGURE 23-1:

VPP LIMITER EXAMPLE CIRCUIT

RJ11-6PIN

6

5

4

3

2

1

VPP

2

VDD

3

VSS

4

ICSP_DATA

ICSP_CLOCK

NC

5

6

1

RJ11-6PIN

R1

To MPLAB^®ICD 2

To Target Board

270 Ohm

LM431BCMX

1

2

K

A

U1

3

6

7

4

5

NC

VREF

8

R2

R3

10k 1%

24k 1%

Note:

The MPLAB^®ICD 2 produces a VPP volt-

age greater than the maximum VPP spec-

ification of the PIC16(L)F1507.

DS41586A-page 203

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 23-2:

ICD RJ-11 STYLE

CONNECTOR INTERFACE

23.2 Low-Voltage Programming Entry

Mode

The Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode allows the

PIC16(L)F1507 devices to be programmed using VDD

only, without high voltage. When the LVP bit of

Configuration Words is set to ‘1’, the low-voltage ICSP

programming entry is enabled. To disable the

Low-Voltage ICSP mode, the LVP bit must be

programmed to ‘0’.

ICSPDAT

NC

2 4 6

VDD

ICSPCLK

1 3

5

Target

PC Board

Bottom Side

Entry into the Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode

requires the following steps:

VPP/MCLR

VSS

1. MCLR is brought to VIL.

2.

A

32-bit key sequence is presented on

Pin Description*

ICSPDAT, while clocking ICSPCLK.

1 = VPP/MCLR

2 = VDD Target

3 = VSS (ground)

4 = ICSPDAT

Once the key sequence is complete, MCLR must be

held at VIL for as long as Program/Verify mode is to be

maintained.

If low-voltage programming is enabled (LVP = 1), the

MCLR Reset function is automatically enabled and

cannot be disabled. See Section 6.4 “MCLR” for more

information.

5 = ICSPCLK

6 = No Connect

The LVP bit can only be reprogrammed to ‘0’ by using

the High-Voltage Programming mode.

Another connector often found in use with the PICkit™

programmers is a standard 6-pin header with 0.1 inch

spacing. Refer to Figure 23-3.

23.3 Common Programming Interfaces

Connection to a target device is typically done through

an ICSP™ header. A commonly found connector on

development tools is the RJ-11 in the 6P6C (6 pin, 6

connector) configuration. See Figure 23-2.

FIGURE 23-3:

PICkit™ PROGRAMMER STYLE CONNECTOR INTERFACE

Pin 1 Indicator

Pin Description*

1 = VPP/MCLR

2 = VDD Target

3 = VSS (ground)

4 = ICSPDAT

1

2

3

4

5

6

5 = ICSPCLK

6 = No Connect

*

The 6-pin header (0.100" spacing) accepts 0.025" square pins.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 204

PIC16(L)F1507

For additional interface recommendations, refer to your

specific device programmer manual prior to PCB

design.

It is recommended that isolation devices be used to

separate the programming pins from other circuitry.

The type of isolation is highly dependent on the specific

application and may include devices such as resistors,

diodes, or even jumpers. See Figure 23-4 for more

information.

FIGURE 23-4:

TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR ICSP™ PROGRAMMING

External

Programming

Signals

Device to be

Programmed

VDD

VPP

VSS

MCLR/VPP

VSS

Data

ICSPDAT

ICSPCLK

Clock

*

To Normal Connections

Isolation devices (as required).

*

DS41586A-page 205

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 206

PIC16(L)F1507

24.1 Read-Modify-Write Operations

24.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY

Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of

the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W)

operation. The register is read, the data is modified,

and the result is stored according to either the instruc-

tion, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation

is performed on a register even if the instruction writes

to that register.

Each PIC16 instruction is a 14-bit word containing the

operation code (opcode) and all required operands.

The op codes are broken into three broad categories.

• Byte Oriented

• Bit Oriented

• Literal and Control

The literal and control category contains the most var-

ied instruction word format.

TABLE 24-1: OPCODE FIELD

DESCRIPTIONS

Table 24-3 lists the instructions recognized by the

MPASM^TMassembler.

Field

Description

All instructions are executed within a single instruction

cycle, with the following exceptions, which may take

two or three cycles:

f

W

b

Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F)

Working register (accumulator)

Bit address within an 8-bit file register

Literal field, constant data or label

• Subroutine takes two cycles (CALL, CALLW)

• Returns from interrupts or subroutines take two

cycles (RETURN, RETLW, RETFIE)

k

x

Don’t care location (= 0or 1).

• Program branching takes two cycles (GOTO, BRA,

BRW, BTFSS, BTFSC, DECFSZ, INCSFZ)

• One additional instruction cycle will be used when

any instruction references an indirect file register

and the file select register is pointing to program

memory.

The assembler will generate code with x = 0.

It is the recommended form of use for

compatibility with all Microchip software tools.

d

Destination select; d = 0: store result in W,

d = 1: store result in file register f.

Default is d = 1.

One instruction cycle consists of 4 oscillator cycles; for

an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a nominal

instruction execution rate of 1 MHz.

n

FSR or INDF number. (0-1)

mm

Pre-post increment-decrement mode

selection

All instruction examples use the format ‘0xhh’ to

represent a hexadecimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a

hexadecimal digit.

TABLE 24-2: ABBREVIATION

DESCRIPTIONS

Field

Description

PC

TO

C

Program Counter

Time-out bit

Carry bit

DC

Z

Digit carry bit

Zero bit

PD

Power-down bit

DS41586A-page 207

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 24-1:

GENERAL FORMAT FOR

INSTRUCTIONS

Byte-oriented file register operations

13

8

7

6

0

OPCODE

d

f (FILE #)

d = 0for destination W

d = 1for destination f

f = 7-bit file register address

Bit-oriented file register operations

13 10 9

7 6

0

OPCODE

b (BIT #)

f (FILE #)

b = 3-bit bit address

f = 7-bit file register address

Literal and control operations

General

13

8

7

0

OPCODE

k (literal)

k = 8-bit immediate value

CALLand GOTOinstructions only

13 11 10

OPCODE

0

k (literal)

k = 11-bit immediate value

MOVLPinstruction only

13

7

6

0

OPCODE

k (literal)

k = 7-bit immediate value

MOVLBinstruction only

13

5 4

OPCODE

k (literal)

k = 5-bit immediate value

BRAinstruction only

13

9

8

0

OPCODE

k (literal)

k = 9-bit immediate value

FSR Offset instructions

13

7

6

5

0

OPCODE

n

k (literal)

n = appropriate FSR

k = 6-bit immediate value

FSRIncrement instructions

13

3

2

n

1

OPCODE

m (mode)

n = appropriate FSR

m = 2-bit mode value

OPCODE only

13

0

OPCODE

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 208

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 24-3: PIC16(L)F1507 ENHANCED INSTRUCTION SET

14-Bit Opcode

Mnemonic,

Operands

Status

Affected

Description

Cycles

Notes

MSb

LSb

BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS

ADDWF

ADDWFC f, d

ANDWF

ASRF

LSLF

f, d

Add W and f

Add with Carry W and f

AND W with f

Arithmetic Right Shift

Logical Left Shift

Logical Right Shift

Clear f

Clear W

Complement f

Decrement f

Increment f

Inclusive OR W with f

Move f

Move W to f

Rotate Left f through Carry

Rotate Right f through Carry

Subtract W from f

Subtract with Borrow W from f

Swap nibbles in f

Exclusive OR W with f

1

00 0111 dfff ffff C, DC, Z

11 1101 dfff ffff C, DC, Z

00 0101 dfff ffff Z

11 0111 dfff ffff C, Z

11 0101 dfff ffff C, Z

11 0110 dfff ffff C, Z

2

f, d

f

LSRF

CLRF

CLRW

COMF

DECF

INCF

IORWF

MOVF

MOVWF

RLF

RRF

SUBWF

SUBWFB f, d

SWAPF

XORWF

00 0001 lfff ffff

00 0001 0000 00xx

00 1001 dfff ffff

00 0011 dfff ffff

00 1010 dfff ffff

00 0100 dfff ffff

00 1000 dfff ffff

00 0000 1fff ffff

00 1101 dfff ffff

00 1100 dfff ffff

Z

–

f, d

f

f, d

2

C

00 0010 dfff ffff C, DC, Z

11 1011 dfff ffff C, DC, Z

00 1110 dfff ffff

f, d

00 0110 dfff ffff

Z

BYTE ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS

f, d

Decrement f, Skip if 0

Increment f, Skip if 0

1(2)

00

1011 dfff ffff

1111 dfff ffff

1, 2

DECFSZ

INCFSZ

BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS

f, b

Bit Clear f

Bit Set f

1

01

00bb bfff ffff

01bb bfff ffff

2

BCF

BSF

BIT-ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS

BTFSC

BTFSS

f, b

Bit Test f, Skip if Clear

Bit Test f, Skip if Set

1 (2)

01

10bb bfff ffff

11bb bfff ffff

1, 2

LITERAL OPERATIONS

ADDLW

ANDLW

IORLW

MOVLB

MOVLP

MOVLW

SUBLW

XORLW

k

Add literal and W

AND literal with W

Inclusive OR literal with W

Move literal to BSR

Move literal to PCLATH

Move literal to W

1

11

00

11

1110 kkkk kkkk C, DC, Z

1001 kkkk kkkk

1000 kkkk kkkk

0000 001k kkkk

0001 1kkk kkkk

0000 kkkk kkkk

Z

Subtract W from literal

Exclusive OR literal with W

1100 kkkk kkkk C, DC, Z

1010 kkkk kkkk

Z

Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle

is executed as a NOP.

2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require one

additional instruction cycle.

DS41586A-page 209

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 24-3: PIC16(L)F1507 ENHANCED INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)

14-Bit Opcode

Mnemonic,

Operands

Status

Affected

Description

Cycles

Notes

MSb

LSb

CONTROL OPERATIONS

BRA

BRW

CALL

CALLW

GOTO

RETFIE

RETLW

RETURN

k

–

Relative Branch

Relative Branch with W

Call Subroutine

Call Subroutine with W

Go to address

Return from interrupt

Return with literal in W

Return from Subroutine

2

11

00

10

00

10

00

11

00

001k kkkk kkkk

0000 0000 1011

0kkk kkkk kkkk

0000 0000 1010

1kkk kkkk kkkk

0000 0000 1001

0100 kkkk kkkk

0000 0000 1000

k

–

k

–

INHERENT OPERATIONS

CLRWDT

NOP

OPTION

RESET

SLEEP

TRIS

–

f

Clear Watchdog Timer

No Operation

Load OPTION_REG register with W

Software device Reset

Go into Standby mode

Load TRIS register with W

1

00

0000 0110 0100 TO, PD

0000 0000 0000

0000 0110 0010

0000 0000 0001

0000 0110 0011 TO, PD

0000 0110 0fff

C-COMPILER OPTIMIZED

ADDFSR n, k

Add Literal k to FSRn

Move Indirect FSRn to W with pre/post inc/dec

modifier, mm

1

11 0001 0nkk kkkk

00 0000 0001 0nmm

kkkk

MOVIW

n mm

Z

2, 3

k[n]

n mm

Move INDFn to W, Indexed Indirect.

Move W to Indirect FSRn with pre/post inc/dec

modifier, mm

1

11 1111 0nkk 1nmm

00 0000 0001 kkkk

2

2, 3

MOVWI

k[n]

Move W to INDFn, Indexed Indirect.

1

11 1111 1nkk

2

Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle

is executed as a NOP.

2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require

one additional instruction cycle.

3: See Table in the MOVIW and MOVWI instruction descriptions.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 210

PIC16(L)F1507

24.2 Instruction Descriptions

ADDFSR

Add Literal to FSRn

ANDLW

AND literal with W

Syntax:

[ label ] ADDFSR FSRn, k

Syntax:

[ label ] ANDLW

0  k  255

k

Operands:

-32  k  31

n  [ 0, 1]

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

(W) .AND. (k)  (W)

Operation:

FSR(n) + k  FSR(n)

Z

Status Affected:

Description:

None

The contents of W register are

AND’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’.

The result is placed in the W register.

The signed 6-bit literal ‘k’ is added to

the contents of the FSRnH:FSRnL

register pair.

FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -

FFFFh. Moving beyond these bounds

will cause the FSR to wrap around.

ANDWF

AND W with f

ADDLW

Add literal and W

Syntax:

[ label ] ANDWF f,d

Syntax:

[ label ] ADDLW

0  k  255

k

Operands:

0  f  127

d 0,1

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

(W) + k  (W)

C, DC, Z

Operation:

(W) .AND. (f)  (destination)

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

The contents of the W register are

added to the eight-bit literal ‘k’ and the

result is placed in the W register.

AND the W register with register ‘f’. If

‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W

register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored

back in register ‘f’.

ASRF

Arithmetic Right Shift

ADDWF

Add W and f

Syntax:

[ label ] ASRF f {,d}

Syntax:

[ label ] ADDWF f,d

Operands:

0  f  127

d [0,1]

Operands:

0  f  127

d 0,1

Operation:

(f<7>) dest<7>

(f<7:1>)  dest<6:0>,

(f<0>)  C,

Operation:

(W) + (f)  (destination)

Status Affected:

Description:

C, DC, Z

Add the contents of the W register

with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is

stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the

result is stored back in register ‘f’.

Status Affected:

Description:

C, Z

The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted

one bit to the right through the Carry

flag. The MSb remains unchanged. If

‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’

is ‘1’, the result is stored back in reg-

ister ‘f’.

ADDWFC

ADD W and CARRY bit to f

C

register f

Syntax:

[ label ] ADDWFC

f {,d}

Operands:

0  f  127

d [0,1]

Operation:

(W) + (f) + (C)  dest

Status Affected:

Description:

C, DC, Z

Add W, the Carry flag and data mem-

ory location ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is

placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is

placed in data memory location ‘f’.

DS41586A-page 211

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

BTFSC

Bit Test f, Skip if Clear

BCF

Bit Clear f

Syntax:

[ label ] BTFSC f,b

Syntax:

[ label ] BCF f,b

Operands:

0  f  127

0  b  7

Operands:

0  f  127

0  b  7

Operation:

skip if (f<b>) = 0

Operation:

0 (f<b>)

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Status Affected:

Description:

None

If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, the next

instruction is executed.

Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared.

If bit ‘b’, in register ‘f’, is ‘0’, the next

instruction is discarded, and a NOPis

executed instead, making this a

2-cycle instruction.

BTFSS

Bit Test f, Skip if Set

BRA

Relative Branch

Syntax:

[ label ] BTFSS f,b

Syntax:

[ label ] BRA label

[ label ] BRA $+k

Operands:

0  f  127

0  b < 7

Operands:

-256  label - PC + 1  255

-256  k  255

Operation:

skip if (f<b>) = 1

Operation:

(PC) + 1 + k  PC

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Status Affected:

Description:

None

If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, the next

instruction is executed.

If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next

instruction is discarded and a NOPis

executed instead, making this a

2-cycle instruction.

Add the signed 9-bit literal ‘k’ to the

PC. Since the PC will have incre-

mented to fetch the next instruction,

the new address will be PC + 1 + k.

This instruction is a two-cycle instruc-

tion. This branch has a limited range.

BRW

Relative Branch with W

Syntax:

[ label ] BRW

None

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

(PC) + (W)  PC

None

Add the contents of W (unsigned) to

the PC. Since the PC will have incre-

mented to fetch the next instruction,

the new address will be PC + 1 + (W).

This instruction is a two-cycle instruc-

tion.

BSF

Bit Set f

Syntax:

[ label ] BSF f,b

Operands:

0  f  127

0  b  7

Operation:

1 (f<b>)

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 212

PIC16(L)F1507

CALL

Call Subroutine

CLRWDT

Clear Watchdog Timer

Syntax:

[ label ] CALL

0  k  2047

k

Syntax:

[ label ] CLRWDT

Operands:

Operation:

Operands:

Operation:

None

(PC)+ 1 TOS,

k  PC<10:0>,

(PCLATH<4:3>)  PC<12:11>

00h  WDT

0 WDT prescaler,

1 TO

1 PD

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Status Affected:

Description:

TO, PD

Call Subroutine. First, return address

(PC + 1) is pushed onto the stack.

The eleven-bit immediate address is

loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper

bits of the PC are loaded from

PCLATH. CALLis a two-cycle instruc-

tion.

CLRWDTinstruction resets the Watch-

dog Timer. It also resets the prescaler

of the WDT.

Status bits TO and PD are set.

COMF

Complement f

CALLW

Subroutine Call With W

Syntax:

[ label ] COMF f,d

Syntax:

[ label ] CALLW

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

Operation:

None

(PC) +1  TOS,

(W)  PC<7:0>,

Operation:

(f)  (destination)

(PCLATH<6:0>) PC<14:8>

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

The contents of register ‘f’ are com-

plemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is

stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is

stored back in register ‘f’.

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Subroutine call with W. First, the

return address (PC + 1) is pushed

onto the return stack. Then, the con-

tents of W is loaded into PC<7:0>,

and the contents of PCLATH into

PC<14:8>. CALLWis a two-cycle

instruction.

DECF

Decrement f

CLRF

Clear f

Syntax:

[ label ] DECF f,d

Syntax:

[ label ] CLRF

0  f  127

f

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

Operation:

00h  (f)

1 Z

Operation:

(f) - 1  (destination)

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is stored in the W

The contents of register ‘f’ are cleared

and the Z bit is set.

register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored

back in register ‘f’.

CLRW

Clear W

Syntax:

[ label ] CLRW

Operands:

Operation:

None

00h  (W)

1 Z

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is

set.

DS41586A-page 213

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

DECFSZ

Decrement f, Skip if 0

INCFSZ

Increment f, Skip if 0

Syntax:

[ label ] DECFSZ f,d

Syntax:

[ label ] INCFSZ f,d

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operation:

(f) - 1  (destination);

skip if result = 0

Operation:

(f) + 1  (destination),

skip if result = 0

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Status Affected:

Description:

None

The contents of register ‘f’ are decre-

mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed

in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result

is placed back in register ‘f’.

The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-

mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed

in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result

is placed back in register ‘f’.

If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is

executed. If the result is ‘0’, then a

NOPis executed instead, making it a

2-cycle instruction.

If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is

executed. If the result is ‘0’, a NOPis

executed instead, making it a 2-cycle

instruction.

GOTO

Unconditional Branch

IORLW

Inclusive OR literal with W

Syntax:

[ label ] GOTO

0  k  2047

k

Syntax:

[ label ] IORLW

0  k  255

(W) .OR. k  (W)

Z

k

Operands:

Operation:

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

k  PC<10:0>

PCLATH<4:3>  PC<12:11>

Status Affected:

Description:

None

The contents of the W register are

OR’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The

result is placed in the W register.

GOTOis an unconditional branch. The

eleven-bit immediate value is loaded

into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of

PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>.

GOTOis a two-cycle instruction.

INCF

Increment f

IORWF

Inclusive OR W with f

Syntax:

[ label ] INCF f,d

Syntax:

[ label ] IORWF f,d

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operation:

(f) + 1  (destination)

Operation:

(W) .OR. (f)  (destination)

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

The contents of register ‘f’ are incre-

mented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed

in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result

is placed back in register ‘f’.

Inclusive OR the W register with regis-

ter ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in

the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is

placed back in register ‘f’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 214

PIC16(L)F1507

LSLF

Logical Left Shift

MOVF

Move f

Syntax:

[ label ] LSLF f {,d}

Syntax:

[ label ] MOVF f,d

Operands:

0  f  127

d [0,1]

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operation:

(f<7>)  C

Operation:

(f)  (dest)

(f<6:0>)  dest<7:1>

0  dest<0>

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

The contents of register f is moved to

a destination dependent upon the

status of d. If d = 0,

destination is W register. If d = 1, the

destination is file register f itself. d = 1

is useful to test a file register since

status flag Z is affected.

Status Affected:

Description:

C, Z

The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted

one bit to the left through the Carry flag.

A ‘0’ is shifted into the LSb. If ‘d’ is ‘0’,

the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the

result is stored back in register ‘f’.

Words:

1

C

register f

0

Cycles:

Example:

MOVF

FSR, 0

After Instruction

LSRF

Logical Right Shift

W

Z

=

value in FSR register

1

Syntax:

[ label ] LSLF f {,d}

Operands:

0  f  127

d [0,1]

Operation:

0  dest<7>

(f<7:1>)  dest<6:0>,

(f<0>)  C,

Status Affected:

Description:

C, Z

The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted

one bit to the right through the Carry

flag. A ‘0’ is shifted into the MSb. If ‘d’ is

‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’,

the result is stored back in register ‘f’.

0

C

register f

DS41586A-page 215

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

MOVIW

Move INDFn to W

MOVLP

Move literal to PCLATH

Syntax:

[ label ] MOVIW ++FSRn

[ label ] MOVIW --FSRn

[ label ] MOVIW FSRn++

[ label ] MOVIW FSRn--

[ label ] MOVIW k[FSRn]

Syntax:

[ label ] MOVLP

0  k  127

k  PCLATH

None

k

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

Operands:

Operation:

n  [0,1]

mm  [00,01, 10, 11]

-32  k  31

The seven-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the

PCLATH register.

INDFn  W

Effective address is determined by

MOVLW

Move literal to W

•

FSR + 1 (preincrement)

FSR - 1 (predecrement)

FSR + k (relative offset)

Syntax:

[ label ] MOVLW

0  k  255

k  (W)

k

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

After the Move, the FSR value will be

either:

None

•

FSR + 1 (all increments)

FSR - 1 (all decrements)

Unchanged

The eight-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into W

register. The “don’t cares” will assem-

ble as ‘0’s.

Status Affected:

Z

Words:

1

Cycles:

Example:

Mode

Syntax

mm

00

01

10

11

MOVLW

0x5A

Preincrement

Predecrement

Postincrement

Postdecrement

++FSRn

--FSRn

FSRn++

FSRn--

After Instruction

W

=

0x5A

MOVWF

Move W to f

[ label ] MOVWF

0  f  127

(W)  (f)

Syntax:

f

Description:

This instruction is used to move data

between W and one of the indirect

registers (INDFn). Before/after this

move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by

pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Move data from W register to register

‘f’.

Note: The INDFn registers are not

physical registers. Any instruction that

accesses an INDFn register actually

accesses the register at the address

specified by the FSRn.

Words:

1

Cycles:

Example:

MOVWF

Before Instruction

OPTION_REG = 0xFF

OPTION_REG

FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -

FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it

beyond these bounds will cause it to wrap

around.

W

= 0x4F

After Instruction

OPTION_REG = 0x4F

0x4F

W

=

MOVLB

Move literal to BSR

Syntax:

[ label ] MOVLB

0  k  15

k  BSR

None

k

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

The five-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the

Bank Select Register (BSR).

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 216

PIC16(L)F1507

NOP

No Operation

MOVWI

Move W to INDFn

Syntax:

[ label ] NOP

Syntax:

[ label ] MOVWI ++FSRn

[ label ] MOVWI --FSRn

[ label ] MOVWI FSRn++

[ label ] MOVWI FSRn--

[ label ] MOVWI k[FSRn]

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

Words:

None

No operation

None

No operation.

Operands:

Operation:

n  [0,1]

mm  [00,01, 10, 11]

-32  k  31

1

Cycles:

1

W  INDFn

Effective address is determined by

Example:

NOP

•

FSR + 1 (preincrement)

FSR - 1 (predecrement)

FSR + k (relative offset)

After the Move, the FSR value will be

either:

Load OPTION_REG Register

with W

OPTION

•

FSR + 1 (all increments)

FSR - 1 (all decrements)

Syntax:

[ label ] OPTION

None

Unchanged

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

Status Affected:

None

(W)  OPTION_REG

None

Mode

Syntax

mm

00

01

10

11

Move data from W register to

OPTION_REG register.

Preincrement

Predecrement

Postincrement

Postdecrement

++FSRn

--FSRn

FSRn++

FSRn--

RESET

Software Reset

Syntax:

[ label ] RESET

Description:

This instruction is used to move data

between W and one of the indirect

registers (INDFn). Before/after this

move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by

pre/post incrementing/decrementing it.

Operands:

Operation:

None

Execute a device Reset. Resets the

nRI flag of the PCON register.

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Note: The INDFn registers are not

physical registers. Any instruction that

accesses an INDFn register actually

accesses the register at the address

specified by the FSRn.

This instruction provides a way to

execute a hardware Reset by soft-

ware.

FSRn is limited to the range 0000h -

FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it

beyond these bounds will cause it to wrap

around.

The increment/decrement operation on

FSRn WILL NOT affect any Status bits.

DS41586A-page 217

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

RETURN

Return from Subroutine

RETFIE

Syntax:

Return from Interrupt

[ label ] RETFIE

None

Syntax:

[ label ] RETURN

None

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

Operands:

Operation:

TOS  PC

None

TOS  PC,

1 GIE

Status Affected:

Description:

None

Return from subroutine. The stack is

POPed and the top of the stack (TOS)

is loaded into the program counter.

This is a two-cycle instruction.

Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed

and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded in

the PC. Interrupts are enabled by

setting Global

Interrupt Enable bit, GIE

(INTCON<7>). This is a two-cycle

instruction.

Words:

1

Cycles:

Example:

2

RETFIE

After Interrupt

PC

=

TOS

GIE =

1

RLF

Rotate Left f through Carry

RETLW

Syntax:

Return with literal in W

Syntax:

Operands:

[ label ]

RLF f,d

[ label ] RETLW

0  k  255

k

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

Operation:

k  (W);

TOS  PC

Operation:

See description below

C

Status Affected:

Description:

Status Affected:

Description:

None

The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated

one bit to the left through the Carry

flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in

the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is

stored back in register ‘f’.

The W register is loaded with the eight

bit literal ‘k’. The program counter is

loaded from the top of the stack (the

return address). This is a two-cycle

instruction.

C

Register f

Words:

1

2

Cycles:

Example:

Words:

1

CALL TABLE;W contains table

;offset value

Cycles:

Example:

•

;W now has table value

RLF

REG1,0

TABLE

Before Instruction

REG1

C

=

1110 0110

0

ADDWF PC ;W = offset

RETLW k1 ;Begin table

After Instruction

RETLW k2

;

REG1

W

C

=

1110 0110

1100 1100

1

•

RETLW kn ; End of table

Before Instruction

W

=

0x07

After Instruction

W

=

value of k8

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 218

PIC16(L)F1507

SUBLW

Subtract W from literal

RRF

Rotate Right f through Carry

Syntax:

[ label ] SUBLW

0 k 255

k

Syntax:

[ label ] RRF f,d

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

k - (W) W)

C, DC, Z

Operation:

See description below

C

The W register is subtracted (2’s com-

plement method) from the eight-bit

literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W

register.

Status Affected:

Description:

The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated

one bit to the right through the Carry

flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in

the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is

placed back in register ‘f’.

C = 0

W  k

C = 1

W  k

C

Register f

DC = 0

DC = 1

W<3:0>  k<3:0>

W<3:0>  k<3:0>

SUBWF

Subtract W from f

SLEEP

Enter Sleep mode

[ label ] SLEEP

None

Syntax:

[ label ] SUBWF f,d

Syntax:

Operands:

0 f 127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

Operation:

00h  WDT,

0 WDT prescaler,

1 TO,

Operation:

(f) - (W) destination)

Status Affected:

Description:

C, DC, Z

0 PD

Subtract (2’s complement method) W

register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is stored in the W

register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored

back in register ‘f.

Status Affected:

Description:

TO, PD

The power-down Status bit, PD is

cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO is

set. Watchdog Timer and its pres-

caler are cleared.

C = 0

W  f

The processor is put into Sleep mode

with the oscillator stopped.

C = 1

W  f

DC = 0

DC = 1

W<3:0>  f<3:0>

W<3:0>  f<3:0>

SUBWFB

Subtract W from f with Borrow

Syntax:

SUBWFB f {,d}

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operation:

(f) – (W) – (B) dest

Status Affected:

Description:

C, DC, Z

Subtract W and the BORROW flag

(CARRY) from register ‘f’ (2’s comple-

ment method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is

stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is

stored back in register ‘f’.

DS41586A-page 219

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

SWAPF

Swap Nibbles in f

XORLW

Exclusive OR literal with W

Syntax:

[ label ] SWAPF f,d

Syntax:

[ label ] XORLW

0 k 255

k

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

(W) .XOR. k W)

Z

Operation:

(f<3:0>)  (destination<7:4>),

(f<7:4>)  (destination<3:0>)

The contents of the W register are

XOR’ed with the eight-bit

literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the

W register.

Status Affected:

Description:

None

The upper and lower nibbles of regis-

ter ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’

is ‘1’, the result is placed in register ‘f’.

XORWF

Exclusive OR W with f

TRIS

Load TRIS Register with W

Syntax:

[ label ] XORWF f,d

Syntax:

[ label ] TRIS f

5  f  7

Operands:

0  f  127

d  [0,1]

Operands:

Operation:

Status Affected:

Description:

(W)  TRIS register ‘f’

None

Operation:

(W) .XOR. (f) destination)

Status Affected:

Description:

Z

Move data from W register to TRIS

register.

When ‘f’ = 5, TRISA is loaded.

When ‘f’ = 6, TRISB is loaded.

When ‘f’ = 7, TRISC is loaded.

Exclusive OR the contents of the W

register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the

result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’

is ‘1’, the result is stored back in regis-

ter ‘f’.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 220

PIC16(L)F1507

25.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

(†)

Absolute Maximum Ratings

Ambient temperature under bias.......................................................................................................-40°C to +125°C

Storage temperature ........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C

Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS, PIC16F1507 ............................................................................. -0.3V to +6.5V

Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS, PIC16LF1507 ........................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V

Voltage on MCLR with respect to Vss ................................................................................................. -0.3V to +9.0V

Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ............................................................................ -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)

Total power dissipation⁽¹⁾...............................................................................................................................800 mW

Maximum current out of VSS pin, -40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial............................................................... 396 mA

Maximum current out of VSS pin, -40°C  TA  +125°C for extended ............................................................ 114 mA

Maximum current into VDD pin, -40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial.................................................................. 292 mA

Maximum current into VDD pin, -40°C  TA  +125°C for extended ............................................................... 107 mA

Clamp current, IK (VPIN < 0 or VPIN > VDD)20 mA

Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin....................................................................................................25 mA

Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin...............................................................................................25 mA

Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: PDIS = VDD x {IDD –  IOH} +  {(VDD – VOH) x IOH} + (VOl x IOL).

† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the

device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those

indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for

extended periods may affect device reliability.

DS41586A-page 221

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 25-1:

PIC16F1507 VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C  TA +125°C

5.5

2.5

2.3

0

4

10

16

20

Frequency (MHz)

Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.

2: Refer to Table 25-1 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.

FIGURE 25-2:

PIC16LF1507 VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C  TA +125°C

3.6

2.5

1.8

0

4

10

16

20

Frequency (MHz)

Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.

2: Refer to Table 25-1 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 222

PIC16(L)F1507

25.1 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1507-I/E (Industrial, Extended)

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16LF1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16F1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Param.

No.

Sym.

Characteristic

Supply Voltage

Min. Typ† Max.

Units

Conditions

D001

VDD

PIC16LF1507 1.8

—

3.6

V

FOSC  16 MHz:

FOSC  20 MHz

2.5

D001

PIC16F1507 2.3

2.5

—

5.5

V

FOSC  16 MHz:

FOSC  20 MHz

D002*

VDR

RAM Data Retention Voltage⁽¹⁾

PIC16LF1507 1.5

PIC16F1507 1.7

—

V

Device in Sleep mode

D002*

D003

VPOR*

Power-on Reset Release Voltage

Power-on Reset Rearm Voltage

PIC16LF1507

—

1.6

VPORR*

—

0.8

1.7

—

V

Device in Sleep mode

PIC16F1507

VADFVR

Fixed Voltage Reference Voltage for

ADC, Initial Accuracy

—

1

—

%

1.024V, VDD  2.5V, 85°C (NOTE 2)

1.024V, VDD  2.5V, 125°C (NOTE 2)

2.048V, VDD  2.5V, 85°C

2.048V, VDD  2.5V, 125°C

4.096V, VDD  4.75V, 85°C

4.096V, VDD  4.75V, 125°C

D003C* TCVFVR

Temperature Coefficient, Fixed

Voltage Reference

—

-130

0.270

—

ppm/°C

%/V

D003D* VFVR/

VIN

Line Regulation, Fixed Voltage

Reference

—

D004*

SVDD

VDD Rise Rate to ensure internal

Power-on Reset signal

0.05

V/ms See Section 6.1 “Power-on Reset

(POR)” for details.

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data.

2: For proper operation, the minimum value of the ADC positive voltage reference must be 1.8V or greater. When selecting

the FVR or the VREF+ pin as the source of the ADC positive voltage reference, be aware that the voltage must be 1.8V or

greater.

DS41586A-page 223

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 25-3:

POR AND POR REARM WITH SLOW RISING VDD

VDD

VPOR

VPORR

VSS

NPOR

POR REARM

VSS

(3)

(2)

TPOR

TVLOW

Note 1: When NPOR is low, the device is held in Reset.

2: TPOR 1 s typical.

3: TVLOW 2.7 s typical.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 224

PIC16(L)F1507

25.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1507-I/E (Industrial, Extended)

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16LF1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16F1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Conditions

Param

No.

Device

Characteristics

Min.

Typ†

Max.

Units

VDD

Note

(1, 2)

Supply Current (IDD)

D013

—

40

70

—

A

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

2.3

3.0

FOSC = 1 MHz

EC Oscillator mode, Medium-power mode

60

FOSC = 1 MHz

EC Oscillator mode

Medium-power mode

80

93

D014

260

550

FOSC = 4 MHz

EC Oscillator mode,

Medium-power mode

—

375

600

650

3.6

7.0

21

—

A

2.3

3.0

5.0

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

3.0

FOSC = 4 MHz

EC Oscillator mode

Medium-power mode

A

D015

A

FOSC = 31 kHz

LFINTOSC mode

A

FOSC = 31 kHz

LFINTOSC mode

27

A

28

A

D017*

0.8

1.3

1.0

1.5

1.7

1.2

2.5

1.7

2.7

3.0

1.15

mA

FOSC = 8 MHz

HFINTOSC mode

FOSC = 8 MHz

HFINTOSC mode

D018

FOSC = 16 MHz

HFINTOSC mode

FOSC = 16 MHz

HFINTOSC mode

D019A

FOSC = 20 MHz

ECH mode

—

1.15

1.3

—

mA

3.0

5.0

FOSC = 20 MHz

ECH mode

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: CLKIN = external square wave, from

rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.

2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading

and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current

consumption.

DS41586A-page 225

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

25.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1507-I/E (Industrial, Extended) (Continued)

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16LF1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16F1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Conditions

Param

No.

Device

Characteristics

Min.

Typ†

Max.

Units

VDD

Note

D019B

D019C

—

8

—

A

1.8

3.0

5.0

1.8

3.0

5.0

FOSC = 32 kHz

ECL mode

10

11

25

35

40

FOSC = 32 kHz

ECL mode

FOSC = 500 kHz

ECM mode

FOSC = 500 kHz

ECM mode

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: CLKIN = external square wave, from

rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled.

2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading

and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current

consumption.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 226

PIC16(L)F1507

25.3 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1507-I/E (Power-Down)

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16LF1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

PIC16F1507

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

Conditions

Param

No.

Max.

+85°C +125°C

Max.

Device Characteristics

Min.

Typ†

Units

VDD

Note

(2)

Power-down Base Current (IPD)

D022

D023

—

0.02

0.03

300

470

0.5

0.8

500

770

850

8.5

18

—

A

nA

A

nA

A

mA

A

nA

A

nA

A

1.8

3.0

5.0

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

3.0

5.0

3.0

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

1.8

3.0

2.3

3.0

5.0

WDT, BOR, FVR, and T1OSC

disabled, all Peripherals Inactive

—

WDT, BOR, FVR, and T1OSC

disabled, all Peripherals Inactive

LPWDT Current (Note 1)

D023A

FVR current (Note 1)

18.5

19

D024

8.1

7

BOR Current (Note 1)

9

D24A

D026

300

0.1

160

400

500

250

280

LPBOR Current

A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3), no

conversion in progress

D026

A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3), no

conversion in progress

D026A*

A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3),

conversion in progress

A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3),

conversion in progress

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are

not tested.

Note 1: The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is

enabled. The peripheral  current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max

values should be used when calculating total current consumption.

2: The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with

the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD.

3: A/D oscillator source is FRC.

DS41586A-page 227

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

25.4 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1507-I/E

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C  TA  +85°C for industrial

-40°C  TA  +125°C for extended

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Sym.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ†

Max.

Units

Conditions

VIL

Input Low Voltage

I/O PORT:

D030

D030A

D031

D032

with TTL buffer

—

0.8

V

4.5V  VDD  5.5V

0.15 VDD

0.2 VDD

1.8V  VDD  4.5V

2.0V  VDD  5.5V

with Schmitt Trigger buffer

MCLR

VIH

Input High Voltage

I/O ports:

—

D040

with TTL buffer

2.0

V

4.5V  VDD 5.5V

1.8V  VDD  4.5V

D040A

0.25 VDD +

0.8

D041

D042

with Schmitt Trigger buffer

MCLR

0.8 VDD

—

V

2.0V  VDD  5.5V

(1)

IIL

Input Leakage Current

D060

I/O ports

—

± 5

± 125

nA

VSS  VPIN  VDD, Pin at high-

impedance at 85°C

± 5

± 1000

± 200

nA 125°C

D061

MCLR⁽²⁾

± 50

nA

A

V

VSS  VPIN  VDD at 85°C

IPUR

VOL

Weak Pull-up Current

D070*

25

100

140

200

300

VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS

VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS

(3)

Output Low Voltage

D080

D090

I/O ports

IOL = 8mA, VDD = 5V

IOL = 6mA, VDD = 3.3V

IOL = 1.8mA, VDD = 1.8V

—

0.6

(3)

VOH

Output High Voltage

I/O ports

IOH = 3.5mA, VDD = 5V

IOH = 3mA, VDD = 3.3V

IOH = 1mA, VDD = 1.8V

VDD - 0.7

—

V

Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins

All I/O pins

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

D101A* CIO

—

50

pF

*

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are

not tested.

Note 1: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.

2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent

normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages.

3: Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 228

PIC16(L)F1507

25.5 Memory Programming Requirements

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C  TA  +125°C

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Sym.

No.

Characteristic

Program Memory

Min.

Typ†

Max.

Units

Conditions

Programming Specifications

D110

D111

VIHH

IDDP

Voltage on MCLR/VPP pin

8.0

—

9.0

10

V

(Note 2, Note 3)

Supply Current during

Programming

mA

VDD for Bulk Erase

2.7

—

VDD max.

V

D112

D113

VPEW

VDD for Write or Row Erase

VDD min.

IPPPGM Current on MCLR/VPP during Erase/

Write

—

1.0

mA

D114

D115

IDDPGM Current on VDD during Erase/Write

Program Flash Memory

—

5.0

mA

—

2

D121

D122

D123

D124

EP

Cell Endurance

10K

VDD min.

—

VDD max.

2.5

E/W -40C to +85C (Note 1)

VPR

TIW

VDD for Read

V

Self-timed Write Cycle Time

ms

TRETD Characteristic Retention

40

—

Year Provided no other

specifications are violated

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance

only and are not tested.

Note 1: Self-write and Block Erase.

2: Required only if single-supply programming is disabled.

3: The MPLAB® ICD 2 does not support variable VPP output. Circuitry to limit the MPLAB ICD 2 VPP voltage

must be placed between the MPLAB ICD 2 and target system when programming or debugging with the

MPLAB ICD 2.

DS41586A-page 229

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

25.6 Thermal Considerations

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C  TA  +125°C

Param

No.

Sym.

Characteristic

Typ.

Units

Conditions

TH01

JA

Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient

TBD

89.3

TBD

C/W

20-pin PDIP package

20-pin SOIC package

20-pin SSOP package

20-pin QFN 4X4mm package

TH02

JC

Thermal Resistance Junction to Case

20-pin PDIP package

TBD

31.1

TBD

150

—

C/W

C

20-pin SOIC package

20-pin SSOP package

20-pin QFN 4X4mm package

TH03

TH04

TH05

TH06

TH07

Legend:

TJMAX

PD

Maximum Junction Temperature

Power Dissipation

W

PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O

(1)

PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation

—

W

PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD

PI/O

I/O Power Dissipation

Derated Power

—

W

PI/O =  (IOL * VOL) +  (IOH * (VDD - VOH))

(2)

PDER

—

W

PDER = PDMAX (TJ - TA)/JA

TBD = To Be Determined

Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins.

2: TA = Ambient Temperature

3: TJ = Junction Temperature

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 230

PIC16(L)F1507

25.7

Timing Parameter Symbology

The timing parameter symbols have been created with

one of the following formats:

1. TppS2ppS

2. TppS

T

F

Frequency

Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:

pp

cc

T

Time

CCP1

CLKOUT

CS

osc

rd

CLKIN

RD

ck

cs

di

rw

sc

ss

t0

RD or WR

SCKx

SS

SDIx

do

dt

SDO

Data in

I/O PORT

MCLR

T0CKI

T1CKI

WR

io

t1

mc

wr

Uppercase letters and their meanings:

S

F

H

I

Fall

P

R

V

Z

Period

High

Rise

Invalid (High-impedance)

Low

Valid

L

High-impedance

FIGURE 25-4:

LOAD CONDITIONS

Load Condition

CL

VSS

Legend: CL = 50 pF for all pins

DS41586A-page 231

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

25.8 AC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1507-I/E

FIGURE 25-5:

CLOCK TIMING

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

CLKIN

OS12

OS03

OS11

OS02

CLKOUT

(CLKOUT Mode)

Note 1:

See Table 25-3.

TABLE 25-1: CLOCK OSCILLATOR TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +125°C

Param

Sym.

No.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ†

Max.

Units

Conditions

OS01

FOSC

External CLKIN Frequency⁽¹⁾

DC

—

0.5

4

MHz EC Oscillator mode (low)

MHz EC Oscillator mode (medium)

MHz EC Oscillator mode (high)

DC

20



OS02

OS03

TOSC

TCY

External CLKIN Period⁽¹⁾

Instruction Cycle Time⁽¹⁾

31.25

125

ns

EC mode

DC

TCY = FOSC/4

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on

characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code.

Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current con-

sumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to CLKIN pin. When an external

clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.

TABLE 25-2: OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating Temperature

-40°C TA +125°C

Param

Sym.

No.

Freq.

Tolerance

Characteristic

Min. Typ† Max. Units

Conditions

OS08

HFOSC

Internal Calibrated HFINTOSC

Frequency⁽¹⁾

10%

—

16.0

—

MHz 0°C  TA  +85°C

OS09

LFOSC

Internal LFINTOSC Frequency

—

31

5

—

8

kHz -40°C  TA  +125°C

s

OS10* TIOSC ST HFINTOSC

Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

*

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are

not tested.

Note 1: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as

possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 232

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 25-6:

CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING

Cycle

Write

Q4

Fetch

Q1

Read

Q2

Execute

Q3

FOSC

OS12

OS11

OS20

OS21

CLKOUT

OS19

OS13

OS18

OS16

OS17

I/O pin

(Input)

OS14

OS15

I/O pin

(Output)

New Value

Old Value

OS18, OS19

TABLE 25-3: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING PARAMETERS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C

Param

No.

Sym.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ† Max. Units

Conditions

OS11 TosH2ckL FOSC to CLKOUT ⁽¹⁾

OS12 TosH2ckH FOSC to CLKOUT ⁽¹⁾

OS13 TckL2ioV CLKOUT to Port out valid⁽¹⁾

—

70

72

20

ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V

ns

—

OS14 TioV2ckH Port input valid before CLKOUT⁽¹⁾

OS15 TosH2ioV Fosc (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid

TOSC + 200 ns

—

50

—

70*

—

ns

—

ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V

OS16 TosH2ioI

Fosc (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid

50

(I/O in hold time)

OS17 TioV2osH Port input valid to Fosc(Q2 cycle)

20

—

ns

(I/O in setup time)

OS18* TioR

OS19* TioF

Port output rise time⁽²⁾

—

15

40

32

72

ns

VDD = 2.0V

VDD = 5.0V

Port output fall time⁽²⁾

—

28

15

55

30

VDD = 2.0V

VDD = 5.0V

OS20* Tinp

OS21* Tioc

INT pin input high or low time

25

—

ns

Interrupt-on-change new input level

time

*

†

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated.

Note 1: Measurements are taken in EC mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC.

DS41586A-page 233

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 25-7:

RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP

TIMER TIMING

VDD

MCLR

30

Internal

POR

33

PWRT

Time-out

Internal Reset⁽¹⁾

Watchdog Timer

Reset⁽¹⁾

31

34

I/O pins

Note 1: Asserted low.

FIGURE 25-8:

BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS

VDD

VBOR and VHYST

VBOR

(Device in Brown-out Reset)

(Device not in Brown-out Reset)

37

Reset

33⁽¹⁾

(due to BOR)

Note 1: 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit in the Configuration Words is programmed to ‘0’.

2 ms delay if PWRTE = 0and VREGEN = 1.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 234

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 25-4: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER

AND BROWN-OUT RESET PARAMETERS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C

Param

No.

Sym.

TMCL

Characteristic

Min. Typ† Max. Units

Conditions

30

MCLR Pulse Width (low)

2

5

—

s VDD = 3.3-5V, -40°C to +85°C

s VDD = 3.3-5V

31

TWDTLP Low-Power Watchdog Timer

Time-out Period

10

16

27

ms VDD = 3.3V-5V,

1:16 Prescaler used

33*

34*

TPWRT Power-up Timer Period, PWRTE = 0 40

65

—

140

2.0

ms

TIOZ

I/O high-impedance from MCLR Low

or Watchdog Timer Reset

—

s

35

VBOR

Brown-out Reset Voltage

2.50 2.70 2.80

2.30 2.40 2.50

V

BORV = 2.7V

BORV = 2.4V (PIC16F1507)

BORV = 1.9V (PIC16LF1507)

1.8

1.90 2.00

36*

37*

VHYST

Brown-out Reset Hysteresis

0

25

3

50

5

mV -40°C to +85°C

TBORDC Brown-out Reset DC Response

Time

1

s VDD  VBOR

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance

only and are not tested.

Note 1: To ensure these voltage tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as

possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended.

FIGURE 25-9:

TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS

T0CKI

40

41

42

T1CKI

45

46

49

47

TMR0 or

TMR1

DS41586A-page 235

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 25-5: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C

Param

No.

Sym.

TT0H

Characteristic

T0CKI High Pulse Width

Min.

Typ†

Max.

Units

Conditions

40*

No Prescaler

With Prescaler

No Prescaler

With Prescaler

0.5 TCY + 20

—

ns

10

0.5 TCY + 20

10

41*

42*

TT0L

TT0P

T0CKI Low Pulse Width

T0CKI Period

Greater of:

20 or TCY + 40

N

ns N = prescale value

(2, 4, ..., 256)

45*

TT1H

T1CKI High Synchronous, No Prescaler

0.5 TCY + 20

15

—

ns

Time

Synchronous,

with Prescaler

Asynchronous

30

—

ns

46*

47*

TT1L

TT1P

T1CKI Low Synchronous, No Prescaler

0.5 TCY + 20

Time

Synchronous, with Prescaler

Asynchronous

15

30

T1CKI Input Synchronous

Period

Greater of:

30 or TCY + 40

N

ns N = prescale value

(1, 2, 4, 8)

Asynchronous

60

—

ns

49*

TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer

Increment

2 TOSC

7 TOSC

—

Timers in Sync

mode

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

Note 1: For proper operation, the minimum value of the ADC positive voltage reference must be 1.8V or greater. When selecting

the FVR or the VREF+ pin as the source of the ADC positive voltage reference, be aware that the voltage must be 1.8V

or greater.

TABLE 25-6: PIC16(L)F1507 A/D CONVERTER (ADC) CHARACTERISTICS:

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C  TA  +125°C

Param

No.

Sym.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ†

Max. Units

Conditions

AD01 NR

AD02 EIL

AD03 EDL

Resolution

—

10

±1.7

±1

bit

Integral Error

LSb VREF = 5.0V

Differential Error

LSb No missing codes

VREF = 5.0V

AD04 EOFF Offset Error

—

±2.5

±2.0

VDD

VREF

10

LSb VREF = 5.0V

AD05 EGN Gain Error

AD06 VREF Reference Voltage⁽³⁾

1.8

VSS

—

V

VREF = (VREF+ minus VREF-) (NOTE 5)

AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range

AD08 ZAIN Recommended Impedance of

Analog Voltage Source

k Can go higher if external 0.01F capacitor is

present on input pin.

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

Note 1: Total Absolute Error includes integral, differential, offset and gain errors.

2: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes.

3: ADC VREF is from external VREF+ pin, VDD pin, whichever is selected as reference input.

4: When ADC is off, it will not consume any current other than leakage current. The power-down current specification

includes any such leakage from the ADC module.

5: FVR voltage selected must be 2.048V or 4.096V.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 236

PIC16(L)F1507

TABLE 25-7: PIC16(L)F1507 A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature

-40°C  TA  +125°C

Param

Sym.

No.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ†

Max. Units

Conditions

AD130* TAD

A/D Clock Period

1.0

—

9.0

6.0

s

TOSC-based

ADCS<1:0> = 11(ADFRC mode)

A/D Internal FRC Oscillator

Period

1.6

AD131 TCNV Conversion Time (not including

Acquisition Time)⁽¹⁾

—

11

—

TAD Set GO/DONE bit to conversion

complete

AD132* TACQ Acquisition Time

5.0

s

*

These parameters are characterized but not tested.

†

Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not

tested.

Note 1: The ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle.

FIGURE 25-10:

PIC16(L)F1507 A/D CONVERSION TIMING (NORMAL MODE)

BSF ADCON0, GO

1 TCY

AD134

Q4

(TOSC/2⁽¹⁾

)

AD131

AD130

A/D CLK

9

8

7

6

3

2

1

0

A/D Data

ADRES

NEW_DATA

1 TCY

OLD_DATA

ADIF

GO

DONE

Sampling Stopped

AD132

Sample

Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as FRC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the

SLEEPinstruction to be executed.

DS41586A-page 237

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

FIGURE 25-11:

PIC16(L)F1507 A/D CONVERSION TIMING (SLEEP MODE)

BSF ADCON0, GO

AD134

(1)

(TOSC/2 + TCY

1 TCY

)

AD131

Q4

AD130

A/D CLK

A/D Data

9

8

7

3

2

1

0

6

NEW_DATA

1 TCY

OLD_DATA

ADRES

ADIF

GO

DONE

Sampling Stopped

AD132

Sample

Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as FRC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the

SLEEPinstruction to be executed.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 238

PIC16(L)F1507

26.0 DC AND AC

CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS

AND CHARTS

Graphs and charts are not available at this time.

DS41586A-page 239

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 240

PIC16(L)F1507

27.1 MPLAB Integrated Development

Environment Software

27.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT

The PIC^®microcontrollers and dsPIC^®digital signal

controllers are supported with a full range of software

and hardware development tools:

The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software

development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit

microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows^®

operating system-based application that contains:

• Integrated Development Environment

- MPLAB^®IDE Software

• A single graphical interface to all debugging tools

- Simulator

• Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers

- MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device

Families

- Programmer (sold separately)

- In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately)

- In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately)

• A full-featured editor with color-coded context

• A multiple project manager

- HI-TECH C for Various Device Families

- MPASM^TMAssembler

- MPLINK^TMObject Linker/

MPLIB^TMObject Librarian

- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for

Various Device Families

• Customizable data windows with direct edit of

contents

• Simulators

• High-level source code debugging

• Mouse over variable inspection

- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator

• Emulators

• Drag and drop variables from source to watch

windows

- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator

• In-Circuit Debuggers

• Extensive on-line help

• Integration of select third party tools, such as

IAR C Compilers

- MPLAB ICD 3

- PICkit™ 3 Debug Express

• Device Programmers

- PICkit™ 2 Programmer

- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer

The MPLAB IDE allows you to:

• Edit your source files (either C or assembly)

• One-touch compile or assemble, and download to

emulator and simulator tools (automatically

updates all project information)

• Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,

Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits

• Debug using:

- Source files (C or assembly)

- Mixed C and assembly

- Machine code

MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a

single development paradigm, from the cost-effective

simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to

full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning

curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility

and power.

DS41586A-page 241

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

27.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various

Device Families

27.5 MPLINK Object Linker/

MPLIB Object Librarian

The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems

are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18,

PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the

dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal control-

lers. These compilers provide powerful integration

capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of

use.

The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable

objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the

MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects

from precompiled libraries, using directives from a

linker script.

The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and

modification of library files of precompiled code. When

a routine from a library is called from a source file, only

the modules that contain that routine will be linked in

with the application. This allows large libraries to be

used efficiently in many different applications.

For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide

symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE

debugger.

27.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device

Families

The object linker/library features include:

• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many

smaller files

The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems

are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC

family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital

signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful

integration capabilities, omniscient code generation

and ease of use.

• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping

related modules together

• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module

listing, replacement, deletion and extraction

27.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and

Librarian for Various Device

Families

For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide

symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE

debugger.

The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, pre-

processor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple

platforms.

MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine

code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,

PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses

the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler

generates relocatable object files that can then be

archived or linked with other relocatable object files and

archives to create an executable file. Notable features

of the assembler include:

27.4 MPASM Assembler

The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal

macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs.

The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object

files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel^®standard HEX

files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol

reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines

and generated machine code and COFF files for

debugging.

• Support for the entire device instruction set

• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data

• Command line interface

• Rich directive set

• Flexible macro language

The MPASM Assembler features include:

• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects

• MPLAB IDE compatibility

• User-defined macros to streamline

assembly code

• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose

source files

• Directives that allow complete control over the

assembly process

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 242

PIC16(L)F1507

27.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator

27.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger

System

The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code

development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-

ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC^®DSCs on an instruction

level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be

examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from

a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be

logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace

buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of

the simulator to record and track program execution,

actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.

MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Micro-

chip's most cost effective high-speed hardware

debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Sig-

nal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU)

devices. It debugs and programs PIC^®Flash microcon-

trollers and dsPIC^®DSCs with the powerful, yet easy-

to-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated

Development Environment (IDE).

The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is con-

nected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed

USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a

connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB

REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all

MPLAB ICD 2 headers.

The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports

symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers,

and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft-

ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and

debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi-

ronment, making it an excellent, economical software

development tool.

27.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/

Programmer and

27.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit

Emulator System

PICkit 3 Debug Express

The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and program-

ming of PIC^®and dsPIC^®Flash microcontrollers at a

most affordable price point using the powerful graphical

user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development

Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected

to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB

interface and can be connected to the target via an

Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with

MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector

uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to imple-

ment in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Pro-

gramming™.

MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is

Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for

Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and

programs PIC^®Flash MCUs and dsPIC^®Flash DSCs

with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of

the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),

included with each kit.

The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC

using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected

to the target with either a connector compatible with in-

circuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new high-

speed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal

(LVDS) interconnection (CAT5).

The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo

board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM

with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and

MPLAB IDE software.

The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware

downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of

MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new

features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers

significant advantages over competitive emulators

including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time

variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a

ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)

interconnection cables.

DS41586A-page 243

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

27.11 PICkit 2 Development

Programmer/Debugger and

PICkit 2 Debug Express

27.13 Demonstration/Development

Boards, Evaluation Kits, and

Starter Kits

The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is

a low-cost development tool with an easy to use inter-

face for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash

families of microcontrollers. The full featured

Windows^®programming interface supports baseline

A wide variety of demonstration, development and

evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC

DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-

tional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for

adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware

and source code for examination and modification.

(PIC10F,

PIC12F5xx,

PIC16F5xx),

midrange

(PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30,

dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit

microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM

products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated

The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,

temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232

interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional

EEPROM memory.

Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™

2

enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC^®microcon-

trollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single

steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is

embedded in the application. When halted at a break-

point, the file registers can be examined and modified.

The demonstration and development boards can be

used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom

circuits and for learning about various microcontroller

applications.

In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon-

stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip

has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software

The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo

board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM

with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and

MPLAB IDE software.

®

for analog filter design, KEELOQ security ICs, CAN,

IrDA^®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL^®

evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate

sensing, plus many more.

27.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer

Also available are starter kits that contain everything

needed to experience the specified device. This usually

includes a single application and debug capability, all

on one board.

The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,

CE compliant device programmer with programmable

voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for

maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display

(128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu-

lar, detachable socket assembly to support various

package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included

as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB

PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program

PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set

code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3

connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.

The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and

optimized algorithms for quick programming of large

memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file

storage and data applications.

Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)

for the complete list of demonstration, development

and evaluation kits.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 244

PIC16(L)F1507

28.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION

28.1 Package Marking Information

20-Lead PDIP (300 mil)

Example

PIC16F1507

-I/P

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

e

3

YYWWNNN

1120123

20-Lead SOIC (7.50 mm)

Example

XXXXXXXXXXXX

PIC16F1507

-I/SO

e

3

1120123

YYWWNNN

Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information

Y

YY

Year code (last digit of calendar year)

Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)

WW

NNN

Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)

Alphanumeric traceability code

e

3

Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)

*

This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator (

can be found on the outer packaging for this package.

)

e3

Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will

be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available

characters for customer-specific information.

*

Standard PICmicro^®device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code and

traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check

with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP

price.

DS41586A-page 245

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

28.2 Package Marking Information

20-Lead SSOP (5.30 mm)

Example

PIC16F1507

e

3

-I/SS

1120123

20-Lead QFN (4x4x0.9 mm)

Example

PIC16

F1507

PIN 1

e

3

I/ML

120123

Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information

Y

Year code (last digit of calendar year)

YY

WW

NNN

Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)

Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)

Alphanumeric traceability code

e

3

Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)

*

This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator (

can be found on the outer packaging for this package.

)

e3

Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will

be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available

characters for customer-specific information.

*

Standard PICmicro^®device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code and

traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check

with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP

price.

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 246

PIC16(L)F1507

28.3 Package Details

The following sections give the technical details of the packages.

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇꢎꢏꢅꢉꢇꢐꢑꢂꢃꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒꢈꢓꢇMꢇꢔꢁꢁꢇꢕꢌꢉꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙꢈꢎꢐꢈꢚ

ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ

ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ

ꢀ

N

E1

NOTE 1

1

2

3

D

E

A2

A

L

c

A1

b1

eB

e

b

6ꢅꢄ&!

ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!

ꢚ7,8.ꢐ

7:ꢔ

ꢎꢕ

ꢂꢁꢕꢕꢀ1ꢐ,

M

ꢔꢚ7

ꢔꢗ;

7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!

ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ

7

ꢈ

ꢗ

ꢙꢋꢓꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ

M

ꢂꢎꢁꢕ

ꢂꢁꢛꢘ

M

ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!

1ꢆ!ꢈꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ

ꢐꢍꢋ"ꢇ#ꢈꢉꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢍꢋ"ꢇ#ꢈꢉꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ

ꢙꢄꢓꢀ&ꢋꢀꢐꢈꢆ&ꢄꢅꢑꢀꢃꢇꢆꢅꢈ

9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!

6ꢓꢓꢈꢉꢀ9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

ꢗꢎ

ꢗꢁ

.

.ꢁ

ꢒ

9

ꢌ

)ꢁ

)

ꢈ1

ꢂꢁꢁꢘ

ꢂꢕꢁꢘ

ꢂ-ꢕꢕ

ꢂꢎꢖꢕ

ꢂꢛ>ꢕ

ꢂꢁꢁꢘ

ꢂꢕꢕ>

ꢂꢕꢖꢘ

ꢂꢕꢁꢖ

M

ꢂꢁ-ꢕ

M

ꢂ-ꢁꢕ

ꢂꢎꢘꢕ

ꢁꢂꢕ-ꢕ

ꢂꢁ-ꢕ

ꢂꢕꢁꢕ

ꢂꢕ?ꢕ

ꢂꢕꢁ>

M

ꢂ-ꢎꢘ

ꢂꢎ>ꢕ

ꢁꢂꢕ?ꢕ

ꢂꢁꢘꢕ

ꢂꢕꢁꢘ

ꢂꢕꢜꢕ

ꢂꢕꢎꢎ

ꢂꢖ-ꢕ

9ꢋ*ꢈꢉꢀ9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀꢝꢋ*ꢀꢐꢓꢆꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢀꢏ

ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ

ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ

ꢎꢂ ꢏꢀꢐꢄꢑꢅꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆꢅ&ꢀ,ꢍꢆꢉꢆꢌ&ꢈꢉꢄ!&ꢄꢌꢂ

-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢂꢕꢁꢕ/ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ

ꢖꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ

1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ

ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢁꢛ1

DS41586A-page 247

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 248

PIC16(L)F1507

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS41586A-page 249

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 250

PIC16(L)F1507

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ !"ꢌꢑ#ꢇ ꢕꢅꢉꢉꢇ$ꢏꢋꢉꢌꢑꢄꢇꢒ ꢓꢇMꢇ%&ꢔꢁꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ $ꢈꢚꢇ

ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ

ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ

D

N

E

E1

NOTE 1

1

2

e

b

c

A2

A

φ

A1

L1

L

6ꢅꢄ&!

ꢔꢚ99ꢚꢔ.ꢙ.ꢝꢐ

ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!

ꢔꢚ7

7:ꢔ

ꢔꢗ;

7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!

ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ

7

ꢈ

ꢎꢕ

ꢕꢂ?ꢘꢀ1ꢐ,

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ8ꢈꢄꢑꢍ&

ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!

ꢐ&ꢆꢅ#ꢋ%%ꢀ

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

ꢔꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ

3ꢋꢋ&ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ

3ꢋꢋ&ꢓꢉꢄꢅ&

9ꢈꢆ#ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!

3ꢋꢋ&ꢀꢗꢅꢑꢇꢈ

ꢗ

M

ꢁꢂꢜꢘ

M

ꢜꢂ>ꢕ

ꢘꢂ-ꢕ

ꢜꢂꢎꢕ

ꢕꢂꢜꢘ

ꢁꢂꢎꢘꢀꢝ.3

M

ꢎꢂꢕꢕ

ꢁꢂ>ꢘ

M

>ꢂꢎꢕ

ꢘꢂ?ꢕ

ꢜꢂꢘꢕ

ꢕꢂꢛꢘ

ꢗꢎ

ꢗꢁ

.

.ꢁ

ꢒ

9

9ꢁ

ꢌ

ꢁꢂ?ꢘ

ꢕꢂꢕꢘ

ꢜꢂꢖꢕ

ꢘꢂꢕꢕ

?ꢂꢛꢕ

ꢕꢂꢘꢘ

ꢕꢂꢕꢛ

ꢕꢟ

ꢕꢂꢎꢘ

>ꢟ

ꢀ

ꢖꢟ

9ꢈꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

)

ꢕꢂꢎꢎ

M

ꢕꢂ->

ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ

ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ

ꢎꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀꢒꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ.ꢁꢀ#ꢋꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢄꢅꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢀ'ꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢂꢀꢔꢋꢇ#ꢀ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢀꢋꢉꢀꢓꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢄꢋꢅ!ꢀ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋ&ꢀꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢀꢕꢂꢎꢕꢀ''ꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀ!ꢄ#ꢈꢂ

-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ

1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ

ꢝ.32 ꢝꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢅꢌꢈꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ(ꢀ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ(ꢀ%ꢋꢉꢀꢄꢅ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢓ"ꢉꢓꢋ!ꢈ!ꢀꢋꢅꢇꢊꢂ

ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢕꢜꢎ1

DS41586A-page 251

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 252

PIC16(L)F1507

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ'ꢏꢅꢆꢇ(ꢉꢅꢋ)ꢇꢛꢗꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢅꢍ#ꢅ*ꢄꢇꢒ+ꢃꢓꢇMꢇ,-,-ꢁ&.ꢇꢕꢕꢇꢖꢗꢆꢘꢇꢙ'(ꢛꢚ

ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ

ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ

ꢀ

D

D2

EXPOSED

PAD

e

E2

E

2

1

b

2

1

K

N

NOTE 1

L

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW

A

A1

A3

6ꢅꢄ&!

ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢀ9ꢄ'ꢄ&!

ꢔꢚ99ꢚꢔ.ꢙ.ꢝꢐ

7:ꢔ

ꢔꢚ7

ꢔꢗ;

7"')ꢈꢉꢀꢋ%ꢀꢃꢄꢅ!

ꢃꢄ&ꢌꢍ

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ8ꢈꢄꢑꢍ&

ꢐ&ꢆꢅ#ꢋ%%ꢀ

,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢀꢙꢍꢄꢌ4ꢅꢈ!!

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

.$ꢓꢋ!ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆ#ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

: ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ

.$ꢓꢋ!ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆ#ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ

,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢀ=ꢄ#&ꢍ

,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢀ9ꢈꢅꢑ&ꢍ

,ꢋꢅ&ꢆꢌ&ꢞ&ꢋꢞ.$ꢓꢋ!ꢈ#ꢀꢃꢆ#

7

ꢈ

ꢗ

ꢗꢁ

ꢗ-

.

.ꢎ

ꢒ

ꢎꢕ

ꢕꢂꢘꢕꢀ1ꢐ,

ꢕꢂꢛꢕ

ꢕꢂ>ꢕ

ꢕꢂꢕꢕ

ꢁꢂꢕꢕ

ꢕꢂꢕꢘ

ꢕꢂꢕꢎ

ꢕꢂꢎꢕꢀꢝ.3

ꢖꢂꢕꢕꢀ1ꢐ,

ꢎꢂꢜꢕ

ꢖꢂꢕꢕꢀ1ꢐ,

ꢎꢂꢜꢕ

ꢕꢂꢎꢘ

ꢕꢂꢖꢕ

M

ꢎꢂ?ꢕ

ꢎꢂ>ꢕ

ꢒꢎ

)

9

ꢎꢂ?ꢕ

ꢕꢂꢁ>

ꢕꢂ-ꢕ

ꢕꢂꢎꢕ

ꢎꢂ>ꢕ

ꢕꢂ-ꢕ

ꢕꢂꢘꢕ

M

A

ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢊꢜ

ꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢀ ꢄ!"ꢆꢇꢀꢄꢅ#ꢈ$ꢀ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢀ'ꢆꢊꢀ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢀ)"&ꢀ'"!&ꢀ)ꢈꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢄꢅꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢀꢆꢉꢈꢆꢂ

ꢎꢂ ꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀꢄ!ꢀ!ꢆ*ꢀ!ꢄꢅꢑ"ꢇꢆ&ꢈ#ꢂ

-ꢂ ꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢑꢀꢆꢅ#ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢄꢅꢑꢀꢓꢈꢉꢀꢗꢐꢔ.ꢀ0ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢔꢂ

1ꢐ,2 1ꢆ!ꢄꢌꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅꢂꢀꢙꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢄꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢀ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢀ!ꢍꢋ*ꢅꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ!ꢂ

ꢝ.32 ꢝꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢅꢌꢈꢀꢒꢄ'ꢈꢅ!ꢄꢋꢅ(ꢀ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢀ*ꢄ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢀ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢅꢌꢈ(ꢀ%ꢋꢉꢀꢄꢅ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢓ"ꢉꢓꢋ!ꢈ!ꢀꢋꢅꢇꢊꢂ

ꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓ ꢙꢈꢌꢍꢅꢋꢇꢋꢑꢊ ꢒꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ ,ꢕꢖꢞꢁꢎ?1

DS41586A-page 253

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

ꢛꢗꢋꢄꢜ 3ꢋꢉꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀ'ꢋ!&ꢀꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢅ&ꢀꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢈꢀ#ꢉꢆ*ꢄꢅꢑ!(ꢀꢓꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢀ!ꢈꢈꢀ&ꢍꢈꢀꢔꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢀꢃꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑꢀꢐꢓꢈꢌꢄ%ꢄꢌꢆ&ꢄꢋꢅꢀꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢀꢆ&ꢀ

ꢍ&&ꢓ255***ꢂ'ꢄꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢄꢓꢂꢌꢋ'5ꢓꢆꢌ4ꢆꢑꢄꢅꢑ

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 254

PIC16(L)F1507

APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET

REVISION HISTORY

Revision A

Original release (06/2011).

DS41586A-page 255

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 256

PIC16(L)F1507

INDEX

Clock Source .............................................................. 45

Generic I/O Port.......................................................... 99

Interrupt Logic............................................................. 61

NCO.......................................................................... 178

On-Chip Reset Circuit................................................. 53

PIC16(L)F1507 ....................................................... 4, 10

PWM......................................................................... 155

Timer0 ...................................................................... 135

Timer1 ...................................................................... 139

Timer1 Gate.............................................. 144, 145, 146

Timer2 ...................................................................... 151

Voltage Reference.................................................... 117

BORCON Register.............................................................. 55

BRA .................................................................................. 212

Brown-out Reset (BOR)...................................................... 55

Specifications ........................................................... 235

Timing and Characteristics ....................................... 234

A

A/D

Specifications.................................................... 236, 237

Absolute Maximum Ratings ..............................................221

AC Characteristics

Industrial and Extended ............................................232

Load Conditions........................................................231

ADC...................................................................................121

Acquisition Requirements .........................................132

Associated registers..................................................134

Block Diagram...........................................................121

Calculating Acquisition Time.....................................132

Channel Selection.....................................................122

Configuration.............................................................122

Configuring Interrupt .................................................126

Conversion Clock......................................................122

Conversion Procedure ..............................................126

Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) Impedance..............132

Interrupts...................................................................124

Operation ..................................................................125

Operation During Sleep ............................................125

Port Configuration.....................................................122

Reference Voltage (VREF).........................................122

Source Impedance....................................................132

Starting an A/D Conversion ......................................124

ADCON0 Register....................................................... 25, 127

ADCON1 Register....................................................... 25, 128

ADCON2 Register.............................................................129

ADDFSR ...........................................................................211

ADDWFC ..........................................................................211

ADRESH Register...............................................................25

ADRESH Register (ADFM = 0).........................................130

ADRESH Register (ADFM = 1).........................................131

ADRESL Register (ADFM = 0)..........................................130

ADRESL Register (ADFM = 1)..........................................131

Alternate Pin Function.......................................................100

Analog-to-Digital Converter. See ADC

C

C Compilers

MPLAB C18.............................................................. 242

CALL................................................................................. 213

CALLW ............................................................................. 213

CLCDATA Register........................................................... 175

CLCxCON Register .......................................................... 167

CLCxGLS0 Register ......................................................... 171

CLCxGLS1 Register ......................................................... 172

CLCxGLS2 Register ......................................................... 173

CLCxGLS3 Register ......................................................... 174

CLCxPOL Register ........................................................... 168

CLCxSEL0 Register.......................................................... 169

Clock Sources

External Modes........................................................... 46

EC....................................................................... 46

Internal Modes............................................................ 47

HFINTOSC ......................................................... 47

Internal Oscillator Clock Switch Timing .............. 48

LFINTOSC.......................................................... 47

Clock Switching .................................................................. 50

Code Examples

ANSELA Register..............................................................103

ANSELB Register..............................................................107

ANSELC Register .............................................................110

APFCON Register.............................................................100

Assembler

A/D Conversion......................................................... 126

Initializing PORTA..................................................... 101

Writing to Flash Program Memory.............................. 92

Comparators

MPASM Assembler...................................................242

Automatic Context Saving...................................................65

C2OUT as T1 Gate................................................... 141

Complementary Waveform Generator (CWG).................. 187

CONFIG1 Register ............................................................. 40

CONFIG2 Register ............................................................. 41

Core Function Register....................................................... 24

Customer Change Notification Service............................. 262

Customer Notification Service .......................................... 262

Customer Support............................................................. 262

CWG

Auto-shutdown Control ............................................. 194

Clock Source ............................................................ 190

Output Control .......................................................... 190

Selectable Input Sources.......................................... 190

CWGxCON0 Register....................................................... 197

CWGxCON1 Register....................................................... 198

CWGxCON2 Register....................................................... 199

CWGxDBF Register.......................................................... 200

CWGxDBR Register ......................................................... 200

B

Bank 10...............................................................................27

Bank 11...............................................................................27

Bank 12...............................................................................28

Bank 13...............................................................................28

Bank 2.................................................................................26

Bank 3.................................................................................26

Bank 30...............................................................................29

Bank 4.................................................................................26

Bank 5.................................................................................26

Bank 6.................................................................................26

Bank 7.................................................................................27

Bank 8.................................................................................27

Bank 9.................................................................................27

Block Diagrams

ADC ..........................................................................121

ADC Transfer Function .............................................133

Analog Input Model ...................................................133

DS41586A-page 257

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

CLRW....................................................................... 213

CLRWDT .................................................................. 213

COMF....................................................................... 213

DECF........................................................................ 213

DECFSZ ................................................................... 214

GOTO....................................................................... 214

INCF ......................................................................... 214

INCFSZ..................................................................... 214

IORLW...................................................................... 214

IORWF...................................................................... 214

MOVLW.................................................................... 216

MOVWF.................................................................... 216

NOP.......................................................................... 217

RETFIE..................................................................... 218

RETLW..................................................................... 218

RETURN................................................................... 218

RLF........................................................................... 218

RRF .......................................................................... 219

SLEEP...................................................................... 219

SUBLW..................................................................... 219

SUBWF..................................................................... 219

SWAPF..................................................................... 220

XORLW .................................................................... 220

XORWF .................................................................... 220

INTCON Register................................................................ 66

Internal Oscillator Block

D

Data Memory ...................................................................... 17

DC and AC Characteristics............................................... 239

DC Characteristics

Extended and Industrial ............................................ 228

Industrial and Extended ............................................ 223

Development Support ....................................................... 241

Device Configuration........................................................... 39

Code Protection .......................................................... 42

Configuration Word..................................................... 39

User ID.................................................................. 42, 43

Device ID Register.............................................................. 43

Device Overview............................................................. 9, 79

E

Effects of Reset

PWM mode ............................................................... 157

Electrical Specifications .................................................... 221

Enhanced Mid-Range CPU................................................. 13

Extended Instruction Set

ADDFSR ................................................................... 211

F

Firmware Instructions........................................................ 207

Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)........................................ 117

Associated Registers ................................................ 118

Flash Program Memory ...................................................... 83

Associated Registers .................................................. 98

Configuration Word w/ Flash Program Memory.......... 98

Erasing........................................................................ 87

Modifying..................................................................... 93

Write Verify ................................................................. 95

Writing......................................................................... 89

FSR Register ...................................................................... 24

FVRCON (Fixed Voltage Reference Control) Register..... 118

INTOSC

Specifications ................................................... 232

Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) Impedance ..................... 132

Internet Address ............................................................... 262

Interrupt-On-Change......................................................... 111

Associated Registers................................................ 115

Interrupts ............................................................................ 61

ADC.......................................................................... 126

Associated registers w/ Interrupts .............................. 73

Configuration Word w/ Clock Sources........................ 52

TMR1........................................................................ 143

INTOSC Specifications..................................................... 232

IOCAF Register ................................................................ 113

IOCAN Register................................................................ 113

IOCAP Register................................................................ 113

IOCBF Register ................................................................ 114

IOCBN Register................................................................ 114

IOCBP Register................................................................ 114

I

INDF Register ..................................................................... 24

Indirect Addressing ............................................................. 34

Instruction Format............................................................. 208

Instruction Set................................................................... 207

ADDLW..................................................................... 211

ADDWF..................................................................... 211

ADDWFC .................................................................. 211

ANDLW..................................................................... 211

ANDWF..................................................................... 211

BRA........................................................................... 212

CALL......................................................................... 213

CALLW...................................................................... 213

LSLF ......................................................................... 215

LSRF......................................................................... 215

MOVF........................................................................ 215

MOVIW ..................................................................... 216

MOVLB ..................................................................... 216

MOVWI ..................................................................... 217

OPTION .................................................................... 217

RESET...................................................................... 217

SUBWFB................................................................... 219

TRIS.......................................................................... 220

BCF........................................................................... 212

BSF........................................................................... 212

BTFSC ...................................................................... 212

BTFSS ...................................................................... 212

CALL......................................................................... 213

CLRF......................................................................... 213

L

LATA Register .......................................................... 103, 109

LATB Register .................................................................. 106

Load Conditions................................................................ 231

LSLF ................................................................................. 215

LSRF ................................................................................ 215

M

MCLR ................................................................................. 56

Internal........................................................................ 56

Memory Organization ......................................................... 15

Data............................................................................ 17

Program...................................................................... 15

Microchip Internet Web Site.............................................. 262

MOVIW ............................................................................. 216

MOVLB............................................................................. 216

MOVWI............................................................................. 217

MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian................... 242

MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software.. 241

MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 244

MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System ................ 243

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 258

PIC16(L)F1507

MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ................242

PORTB

ANSELB Register ..................................................... 105

N

NCO

Associated Registers................................................ 107

LATB Register ............................................................ 26

Pin Descriptions and Diagrams ................................ 105

PORTB Register......................................................... 25

PORTB Register............................................................... 106

PORTC

Associated registers..................................................186

NCOxACCH Register........................................................184

NCOxACCL Register ........................................................184

NCOxACCU Register........................................................184

NCOxCLK Register...........................................................183

NCOxCON Register..........................................................183

NCOxINCH Register .........................................................185

NCOxINCL Register..........................................................185

Numerically Controlled Oscillator (NCO)...........................177

ANSELC Register..................................................... 108

Associated Registers................................................ 110

LATC Register............................................................ 26

Pin Descriptions and Diagrams ................................ 108

PORTC Register......................................................... 25

PORTC Register............................................................... 109

Power-Down Mode (Sleep)................................................. 75

Associated Registers.................................................. 78

Power-on Reset.................................................................. 54

Power-up Time-out Sequence............................................ 56

Power-up Timer (PWRT) .................................................... 54

Specifications ........................................................... 235

PR2 Register ...................................................................... 25

Program Memory................................................................ 15

Map and Stack (PIC16(L)F1507................................. 16

Programming, Device Instructions.................................... 207

Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)........................................ 155

Associated registers w/ PWM................................... 160

PWM Mode

O

OPCODE Field Descriptions.............................................207

OPTION ............................................................................217

OPTION Register..............................................................137

OSCCON Register..............................................................51

Oscillator

Associated Registers ..................................................52

Associated registers..................................................201

Oscillator Module ................................................................45

ECH ............................................................................45

ECL.............................................................................45

ECM............................................................................45

INTOSC ......................................................................45

Oscillator Parameters........................................................232

Oscillator Specifications....................................................232

Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)

Duty Cycle ........................................................ 156

Effects of Reset ................................................ 157

Example PWM Frequencies and

Specifications............................................................235

OSCSTAT Register.............................................................52

Resolutions, 20 MHZ................................ 157

Example PWM Frequencies and

Resolutions, 8 MHz .................................. 157

P

Operation in Sleep Mode.................................. 157

Setup for Operation using PWMx pins ............. 158

System Clock Frequency Changes .................. 157

PWM Period.............................................................. 156

Setup for PWM Operation using PWMx Pins ........... 158

PWMxCON Register......................................................... 159

PWMxDCH Register......................................................... 160

PWMxDCL Register.......................................................... 160

Packaging .........................................................................245

Marking ............................................................. 245, 246

PDIP Details..............................................................247

PCL and PCLATH...............................................................14

PCL Register.......................................................................24

PCLATH Register................................................................24

PCON Register ............................................................. 25, 59

PIE1 Register................................................................25, 67

PIE2 Register................................................................25, 68

PIE3 Register................................................................25, 69

Pinout Descriptions

PIC16(L)F1507 ...........................................................11

PIR1 Register................................................................25, 70

PIR2 Register................................................................25, 71

PIR3 Register................................................................25, 72

PMADR Registers...............................................................83

PMADRH Registers ............................................................83

PMADRL Register...............................................................96

PMADRL Registers.............................................................83

PMCON1 Register ........................................................ 83, 97

PMCON2 Register ........................................................ 83, 98

PMDATH Register...............................................................96

PMDATL Register ...............................................................96

PMDRH Register.................................................................96

PORTA..............................................................................101

ANSELA Register .....................................................101

Associated Registers ................................................104

Configuration Word w/ PORTA.................................104

LATA Register.............................................................26

PORTA Register .........................................................25

Specifications............................................................233

PORTA Register ...............................................................102

R

Reader Response............................................................. 263

Read-Modify-Write Operations ......................................... 207

Registers

ADCON0 (ADC Control 0)........................................ 127

ADCON1 (ADC Control 1)........................................ 128

ADCON2 (ADC Control 2)........................................ 129

ADRESH (ADC Result High) with ADFM = 0) .......... 130

ADRESH (ADC Result High) with ADFM = 1) .......... 131

ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 0)............ 130

ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 1)............ 131

ANSELA (PORTA Analog Select)............................. 103

ANSELB (PORTB Analog Select)............................. 107

ANSELC (PORTC Analog Select) ............................ 110

APFCON (Alternate Pin Function Control) ............... 100

BORCON Brown-out Reset Control) .......................... 55

CLCDATA (Data Output).......................................... 175

CLCxCON (CLCx Control)........................................ 167

CLCxGLS0 (Gate 1 Logic Select)............................. 171

CLCxGLS1 (Gate 2 Logic Select)............................. 172

CLCxGLS2 (Gate 3 Logic Select)............................. 173

CLCxGLS3 (Gate 4 Logic Select)............................. 174

CLCxPOL (Signal Polarity Control)........................... 168

CLCxSEL0 (Multiplexer Data 1 and 2 Select)........... 169

DS41586A-page 259

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

Configuration Word 1.................................................. 40

Configuration Word 2.................................................. 41

Core Function, Summary............................................ 24

CWGxCON0 (CWG Control 0).................................. 197

CWGxCON1 (CWG Control 1).................................. 198

CWGxCON2 (CWG Control 1).................................. 199

CWGxDBF (CWGx Dead Band Falling Count)......... 200

CWGxDBR (CWGx Dead Band Rising Count) ......... 200

Device ID .................................................................... 43

FVRCON................................................................... 118

INTCON (Interrupt Control)......................................... 66

IOCAF (Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Flag).............. 113

IOCAN (Interrupt-on-Change PORTA

WPUB (Weak Pull-up PORTB)................................. 107

WPUC (Weak Pull-up PORTC) ................................ 110

RESET.............................................................................. 217

Reset .................................................................................. 53

Reset Instruction................................................................. 56

Resets ................................................................................ 53

Associated Registers.................................................. 60

Configuration Word w/ Resets.................................... 60

Revision History................................................................ 255

S

Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) .................................... 243

Special Function Registers (SFRs)..................................... 25

Stack................................................................................... 32

Accessing ................................................................... 32

Reset .......................................................................... 34

Stack Overflow/Underflow .................................................. 56

STATUS Register ............................................................... 18

SUBWFB .......................................................................... 219

Negative Edge)................................................. 113

IOCAP (Interrupt-on-Change PORTA

Positive Edge)................................................... 113

IOCBF (Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Flag).............. 114

IOCBN (Interrupt-on-Change PORTB

Negative Edge)................................................. 114

IOCBP (Interrupt-on-Change PORTB

T

Positive Edge)................................................... 114

LATA (Data Latch PORTA)....................................... 103

LATB (Data Latch PORTB)....................................... 106

LATC (Data Latch PORTC) ...................................... 109

NCOxACCH (NCOx Accumulator High Byte) ........... 184

NCOxACCL (NCOx Accumulator Low Byte)............. 184

NCOxACCU (NCOx Accumulator Upper Byte)......... 184

NCOxCLK (NCOx Clock Control) ............................. 183

NCOxCON (NCOx Control) ...................................... 183

NCOxINCH (NCOx Increment High Byte)................. 185

NCOxINCL (NCOx Increment Low Byte).................. 185

OPTION_REG (OPTION) ......................................... 137

OSCCON (Oscillator Control) ..................................... 51

OSCSTAT (Oscillator Status) ..................................... 52

PCON (Power Control Register)................................. 59

PCON (Power Control) ............................................... 59

PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1)........................... 67

PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2)........................... 68

PIE3 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 3)........................... 69

PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Register 1) ........................ 70

PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 2) ........................ 71

PIR3 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 3) ........................ 72

PMADRL (Program Memory Address)........................ 96

PMCON1 (Program Memory Control 1)...................... 97

PMCON2 (Program Memory Control 2)...................... 98

PMDATH (Program Memory Data)............................. 96

PMDATL (Program Memory Data).............................. 96

PMDRH (Program Memory Address) ......................... 96

PORTA...................................................................... 102

PORTB...................................................................... 106

PORTC ..................................................................... 109

PWMxCON (PWM Control)....................................... 159

PWMxDCH (PWM Control)....................................... 160

PWMxDCL (PWM Control) ....................................... 160

Special Function, Summary........................................ 25

STATUS...................................................................... 18

T1CON (Timer1 Control)........................................... 147

T1GCON (Timer1 Gate Control)............................... 148

T2CON...................................................................... 153

TRISA (Tri-State PORTA)......................................... 102

TRISB (Tri-State PORTB)......................................... 106

TRISC (Tri-State PORTC) ........................................ 109

VREGCON (Voltage Regulator Control)..................... 78

WDTCON (Watchdog Timer Control) ......................... 81

WPUA (Weak Pull-up PORTA)................................. 104

T1CON Register ......................................................... 25, 147

T1GCON Register ............................................................ 148

T2CON (Timer2) Register................................................. 153

T2CON Register ................................................................. 25

Temperature Indicator

Associated Registers................................................ 120

Temperature Indicator Module.......................................... 119

Thermal Considerations.................................................... 230

Timer0 .............................................................................. 135

Associated Registers................................................ 137

Operation.................................................................. 135

Specifications ........................................................... 236

Timer1 .............................................................................. 139

Associated registers ................................................. 149

Asynchronous Counter Mode................................... 141

Reading and Writing......................................... 141

Clock Source Selection ............................................ 140

Interrupt .................................................................... 143

Operation.................................................................. 140

Operation During Sleep............................................ 143

Prescaler .................................................................. 141

Specifications ........................................................... 236

Timer1 Gate

Selecting Source .............................................. 141

TMR1H Register....................................................... 139

TMR1L Register ....................................................... 139

Timer2 .............................................................................. 151

Associated registers ................................................. 154

Timers

Timer1

T1CON ............................................................. 147

T1GCON........................................................... 148

Timer2

T2CON ............................................................. 153

Timing Diagrams

A/D Conversion ........................................................ 237

A/D Conversion (Sleep Mode).................................. 238

Brown-out Reset (BOR)............................................ 234

Brown-out Reset Situations........................................ 55

CLKOUT and I/O ...................................................... 233

Clock Timing............................................................. 232

INT Pin Interrupt ......................................................... 64

Internal Oscillator Switch Timing ................................ 49

Reset Start-up Sequence ........................................... 57

Reset, WDT, OST and Power-up Timer................... 234

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 260

PIC16(L)F1507

Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock ...........................235

Timer1 Incrementing Edge........................................143

Wake-up from Interrupt ...............................................76

Timing Parameter Symbology...........................................231

TMR0 Register....................................................................25

TMR1H Register .................................................................25

TMR1L Register..................................................................25

TMR2 Register....................................................................25

TRIS..................................................................................220

TRISA Register ........................................................... 25, 102

TRISB................................................................................105

TRISB Register ........................................................... 25, 106

TRISC ...............................................................................108

TRISC Register........................................................... 25, 109

V

VREF. SEE ADC Reference Voltage

VREGCON Register............................................................78

W

Wake-up Using Interrupts ...................................................75

Watchdog Timer (WDT) ......................................................56

Associated Registers ..................................................82

Configuration Word w/ Watchdog Timer.....................82

Modes .........................................................................80

Specifications............................................................235

WDTCON Register..............................................................81

WPUA Register.................................................................104

WPUB Register.................................................................107

WPUC Register.................................................................110

Write Protection...................................................................42

WWW Address..................................................................262

DS41586A-page 261

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

NOTES:

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 262

PIC16(L)F1507

THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE

CUSTOMER SUPPORT

Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at

www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means

to make files and information easily available to

customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet

browser, the web site contains the following

information:

Users of Microchip products can receive assistance

through several channels:

• Distributor or Representative

• Local Sales Office

• Field Application Engineer (FAE)

• Technical Support

• Product Support – Data sheets and errata,

application notes and sample programs, design

resources, user’s guides and hardware support

documents, latest software releases and archived

software

• Development Systems Information Line

Customers

should

contact

their

distributor,

representative or field application engineer (FAE) for

support. Local sales offices are also available to help

customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is

included in the back of this document.

• General Technical Support – Frequently Asked

Questions (FAQ), technical support requests,

online discussion groups, Microchip consultant

program member listing

Technical support is available through the web site

at: http://microchip.com/support

• Business of Microchip – Product selector and

ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,

listing of seminars and events, listings of

Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory

representatives

CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION

SERVICE

Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep

customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers

will receive e-mail notification whenever there are

changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a

specified product family or development tool of interest.

To register, access the Microchip web site at

www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on

“Customer Change Notification” and follow the

registration instructions.

DS41586A-page 263

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

PIC16(L)F1507

READER RESPONSE

It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip

product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our

documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at

(480) 792-4150.

Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.

TO:

RE:

Technical Publications Manager

Reader Response

Total Pages Sent ________

From:

Name

Company

Address

City / State / ZIP / Country

Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________

FAX: (______) _________ - _________

Literature Number: DS41586A

Application (optional):

Would you like a reply?

Y

N

Device: PIC16(L)F1507

Questions:

1. What are the best features of this document?

2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?

3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?

4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?

5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?

6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?

7. How would you improve this document?

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Preliminary

DS41586A-page 264

PIC16(L)F1507

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.

(1)

[X]

PART NO.

X

/XX

XXX

-

Examples:

Device Tape and Reel

Option

Temperature

Range

Package

Pattern

a)

PIC16LF1507T - I/SO

Tape and Reel,

Industrial temperature,

SOIC package

b)

c)

PIC16F1507 - I/P

Industrial temperature

PDIP package

Device:

PIC16F1507, PIC16LF1507

PIC16F1507 - E/ML 298

Extended temperature,

QFN package

Tape and Reel

Option:

Blank = Standard packaging (tube or tray)

T

= Tape and Reel⁽¹⁾

QTP pattern #298

Temperature

Range:

I

E

=

-40C to +85C (Industrial)

-40C to +125C (Extended)

Package:

ML

P

SO

=

Micro Lead Frame (QFN) 4x4

Plastic DIP

SOIC

Note 1:

Tape and Reel identifier only appears in the

catalog part number description. This

SS

SSOP

identifier is used for ordering purposes and is

not printed on the device package. Check

with your Microchip Sales Office for package

availability with the Tape and Reel option.

Pattern:

QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements

(blank otherwise)

DS41586A-page 265

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.

Worldwide Sales and Service

AMERICAS

ASIA/PACIFIC

EUROPE

Corporate Office

2355 West Chandler Blvd.

Chandler, AZ 85224-6199

Tel: 480-792-7200

Fax: 480-792-7277

Technical Support:

http://www.microchip.com/

support

Asia Pacific Office

Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor

Tower 6, The Gateway

Harbour City, Kowloon

Hong Kong

Tel: 852-2401-1200

Fax: 852-2401-3431

India - Bangalore

Tel: 91-80-3090-4444

Fax: 91-80-3090-4123

Austria - Wels

Tel: 43-7242-2244-39

Fax: 43-7242-2244-393

Denmark - Copenhagen

Tel: 45-4450-2828

Fax: 45-4485-2829

India - New Delhi

Tel: 91-11-4160-8631

Fax: 91-11-4160-8632

France - Paris

Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20

Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79

India - Pune

Tel: 91-20-2566-1512

Fax: 91-20-2566-1513

Australia - Sydney

Tel: 61-2-9868-6733

Fax: 61-2-9868-6755

Web Address:

www.microchip.com

Germany - Munich

Tel: 49-89-627-144-0

Fax: 49-89-627-144-44

Japan - Yokohama

Tel: 81-45-471- 6166

Fax: 81-45-471-6122

Atlanta

Duluth, GA

Tel: 678-957-9614

Fax: 678-957-1455

China - Beijing

Tel: 86-10-8569-7000

Fax: 86-10-8528-2104

Italy - Milan

Tel: 39-0331-742611

Fax: 39-0331-466781

Korea - Daegu

Tel: 82-53-744-4301

Fax: 82-53-744-4302

China - Chengdu

Tel: 86-28-8665-5511

Fax: 86-28-8665-7889

Boston

Westborough, MA

Tel: 774-760-0087

Fax: 774-760-0088

Netherlands - Drunen

Tel: 31-416-690399

Fax: 31-416-690340

Korea - Seoul

China - Chongqing

Tel: 86-23-8980-9588

Fax: 86-23-8980-9500

Tel: 82-2-554-7200

Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or

82-2-558-5934

Chicago

Itasca, IL

Tel: 630-285-0071

Fax: 630-285-0075

Spain - Madrid

Tel: 34-91-708-08-90

Fax: 34-91-708-08-91

China - Hangzhou

Tel: 86-571-2819-3180

Fax: 86-571-2819-3189

Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur

Tel: 60-3-6201-9857

Fax: 60-3-6201-9859

UK - Wokingham

Tel: 44-118-921-5869

Fax: 44-118-921-5820

Cleveland

Independence, OH

Tel: 216-447-0464

Fax: 216-447-0643

China - Hong Kong SAR

Tel: 852-2401-1200

Fax: 852-2401-3431

Malaysia - Penang

Tel: 60-4-227-8870

Fax: 60-4-227-4068

Dallas

Addison, TX

Tel: 972-818-7423

Fax: 972-818-2924

China - Nanjing

Tel: 86-25-8473-2460

Fax: 86-25-8473-2470

Philippines - Manila

Tel: 63-2-634-9065

Fax: 63-2-634-9069

China - Qingdao

Tel: 86-532-8502-7355

Fax: 86-532-8502-7205

Singapore

Tel: 65-6334-8870

Fax: 65-6334-8850

Detroit

Farmington Hills, MI

Tel: 248-538-2250

Fax: 248-538-2260

China - Shanghai

Tel: 86-21-5407-5533

Fax: 86-21-5407-5066

Taiwan - Hsin Chu

Tel: 886-3-6578-300

Fax: 886-3-6578-370

Indianapolis

Noblesville, IN

Tel: 317-773-8323

Fax: 317-773-5453

China - Shenyang

Tel: 86-24-2334-2829

Fax: 86-24-2334-2393

Taiwan - Kaohsiung

Tel: 886-7-213-7830

Fax: 886-7-330-9305

Los Angeles

China - Shenzhen

Tel: 86-755-8203-2660

Fax: 86-755-8203-1760

Taiwan - Taipei

Tel: 886-2-2500-6610

Fax: 886-2-2508-0102

Mission Viejo, CA

Tel: 949-462-9523

Fax: 949-462-9608

China - Wuhan

Tel: 86-27-5980-5300

Fax: 86-27-5980-5118

Thailand - Bangkok

Tel: 66-2-694-1351

Fax: 66-2-694-1350

Santa Clara

Santa Clara, CA

Tel: 408-961-6444

Fax: 408-961-6445

China - Xian

Tel: 86-29-8833-7252

Fax: 86-29-8833-7256

Toronto

Mississauga, Ontario,

Canada

China - Xiamen

Tel: 905-673-0699

Fax: 905-673-6509

Tel: 86-592-2388138

Fax: 86-592-2388130

China - Zhuhai

Tel: 86-756-3210040

Fax: 86-756-3210049

05/02/11

DS41586A-page 266

Preliminary

 2011 Microchip Technology Inc.


型号：	PIC16LF1507T-ISSQTP
厂家：	MICROCHIP
描述：	20-Pin Flash, 8-Bit Microcontrollers 微控制器
文件：	总266页 (文件大小：2366K)
中文：	中文翻译
下载：	下载PDF数据表文档文件

PIC16LF1507T-ISSQTP [MICROCHIP]

相关型号：

PIC16LF1507T-ISSSQTP

PIC16LF1508

PIC16LF15089

PIC16LF1508T-EMLQTP

PIC16LF1508T-EMLSQTP

PIC16LF1508T-EPQTP

PIC16LF1508T-EPSQTP

PIC16LF1508T-ESOQTP

PIC16LF1508T-ESOSQTP

PIC16LF1508T-ESSQTP

PIC16LF1508T-ESSSQTP

PIC16LF1508T-I/SS